10-K 1 d656224d10k.htm 10-K 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

Commission file number: 001-35915

 

 

FIRST NBC BANK HOLDING COMPANY

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Louisiana   14-1985604

(State of incorporation

or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

210 Baronne Street, New Orleans, Louisiana   70112
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (504) 566-8000

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act: Common stock, $1.00 par value

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (i) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (ii) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Date File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price of the common stock as of June 30, 2013, was approximately $378,097,056.

As of March 24, 2014, the registrant had 18,521,831 shares of common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement for the 2014 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, where indicated.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

FIRST NBC BANK HOLDING COMPANY

2013 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART 1   
         Page  

Item 1.

  Business      1   

Item 1A.

  Risk Factors      11   

Item 1B.

  Unresolved Staff Comments      25   

Item 2.

  Properties      25   

Item 3.

  Legal Proceedings      25   

Item 4.

  Mine Safety Disclosures      26   
PART II   

Item 5.

  Market Information and Holders      26   

Item 6.

  Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data      28   

Item 7.

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      30   

Item 7A.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk      60   

Item 8.

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      61   

Item 9.

  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures      111   

Item 9A.

  Controls and Procedures      111   

Item 9B.

  Other Information      111   
PART III   

Item 10.

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      112   

Item 11.

  Executive Compensation      112   

Item 12.

  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters      112   

Item 13.

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Directors Independence      112   

Item 14.

  Principal Accounting Fees and Services      112   
PART IV   

Item 15.

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules      112   

SIGNATURES

     116   


Table of Contents

PART I.

 

Item 1. Business

Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to First NBC Bank Holding Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.

General

We are a bank holding company, headquartered in New Orleans, Louisiana, which offers a broad range of financial services through our wholly-owned banking subsidiary, First NBC Bank, a Louisiana state non-member bank. Our primary market is the New Orleans metropolitan area and the Mississippi Gulf Coast. We serve our customers from our main office located in the Central Business District of New Orleans, 32 full service branch offices located throughout our market and a loan production office in Gulfport, Mississippi. We believe that our market exhibits attractive demographic attributes and presents favorable competitive dynamics, thereby offering long-term opportunities for growth. Our strategic focus is on building a franchise with meaningful market share and strong revenues complemented by operational efficiencies that we believe will produce attractive risk-adjusted returns for our shareholders. As of December 31, 2013, on a consolidated basis, we had total assets of $3.3 billion, net loans of $2.3 billion, total deposits of $2.7 billion, and shareholders’ equity of $381.9 million.

We were the largest bank holding company by assets headquartered in New Orleans as of December 31, 2013. We are led by a team of experienced bankers, all of whom have substantial banking or related experience and relationships in the greater New Orleans market. We believe that recent changes and disruption within our primary market caused by significant acquisitions of local financial institutions and the operating difficulties faced by many local competitors have created an underserved base of small and middle-market businesses and high net worth individuals that are interested in banking with a company headquartered in, and with decision-making authority based in, the New Orleans market. We believe our management’s long-standing presence in the area gives us insight into the local market and the ability to tailor our products and services, particularly the structure of our loans, to the needs of our targeted customers. We seek to develop comprehensive, long-term banking relationships by cross-selling loans and core deposits, offering a diverse array of products and services and delivering high quality customer service. In addition to the reputation and local connections of our management, we believe that our strong capital position gives us an instant advantage over our competitors.

Competition

We compete with a wide range of financial institutions in our market, including local, regional and national commercial banks, thrifts and credit unions, and our primary competitors are the larger regional and national banks. Consolidation activity involving out-of-state financial institutions has altered the competitive landscape in our market within recent years. As of June 30, 2005, approximately 70% of the deposits in the New Orleans market were held in banks that were based in this market. Based on deposit data as of June 30, 2013, that number had decreased to less than 25%, due in large part to the acquisition of several large, locally-based financial institutions by large out-of-state banks, two of which held in the aggregate more than 50% of the in-market deposits at the time of their respective acquisitions. Although competition within our market area is strong, we believe that the customer disruption associated with these acquisitions, as well as the loss of in-market decision-making and relationship-based banking, will continue to provide us with additional growth opportunities as the largest independent depository institution headquartered in the New Orleans market.

We also compete with mortgage companies, investment banking firms, brokerage houses, mutual fund managers, investment advisors, and other “non-bank” companies for certain of our products and services. Some of our competitors are not subject to the degree of supervision and regulatory restrictions that we are.

 

1


Table of Contents

Employees

As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 494 full-time equivalent employees. None of our employees are represented by any collective bargaining unit or are parties to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Acquisitions

To complement our organic growth strategy, from time to time, we evaluate potential acquisition opportunities. We believe there are many banking institutions that continue to face credit challenges, capital constraints and liquidity issues and that lack the scale and management expertise to manage the increasing regulatory burden. Our management team has a long history of identifying targets, assessing and pricing risk and executing acquisitions in a creative, yet disciplined, manner. We seek acquisitions that provide meaningful financial benefits, long-term organic growth opportunities and expense reductions, without compromising our risk profile. Additionally, we seek banking markets with favorable competitive dynamics and potential consolidation opportunities. All of our acquisition activity is evaluated and overseen by a standing Merger and Acquisition Committee of our Board of Directors.

Available Information

Our filings with the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC), including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments thereto, are available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are filed with or furnished to the SEC. Copies can be obtained free of charge in the “Investor Relations” section of our website at www.firstnbcbank.com. Our SEC filings are also available through the SEC’s website www.sec.gov. Copies of these filings are also available by writing to us at the following address:

First NBC Bank Holding Company

210 Baronne Street

New Orleans, Louisiana 70112

Supervision and Regulation

General

Banking is highly regulated under federal and state law. We are a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and are subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. First NBC Bank is a commercial bank chartered under the laws of the State of Louisiana. The bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve system and is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Louisiana Office of Financial Institutions, or OFI, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC. This system of supervision and regulation establishes a comprehensive framework for our operations and, consequently, can have a material impact on our growth and earnings performance.

The primary goals of the bank regulatory scheme are to maintain a safe and sound banking system and to facilitate the conduct of sound monetary policy. This system is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC’s deposit insurance funds, bank depositors and the public, rather than our shareholders and creditors. The banking agencies have broad enforcement power over bank holding companies and banks, including the authority, among other things, to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, require affirmative action to correct any violation or practice, issue administrative orders that can be judicially enforced, direct increases in capital, direct the sale of subsidiaries or other assets, limit dividends and distributions, restrict growth, assess civil monetary penalties, remove officers and directors, and, with respect to banks, terminate deposit insurance or place the bank into conservatorship or receivership. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations or unsafe or unsound practices.

 

2


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Act

The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted on July 21, 2010, aims to restore responsibility and accountability to the financial system by significantly altering the regulation of financial institutions and the financial services industry. Full implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act will require many new rules to be issued by federal regulatory agencies over the next several years, which will profoundly affect how financial institutions will be regulated in the future. The ultimate effect of the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations on the financial services industry in general, and on us in particular, is uncertain at this time.

The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things:

 

    establishes the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, an independent organization within the Federal Reserve with centralized responsibility for promulgating and enforcing federal consumer protection laws applicable to all entities offering consumer financial products or services;

 

    establishes the Financial Stability Oversight Council, tasked with the authority to identify and monitor institutions and systems that pose a systemic risk to the financial system;

 

    changes the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits held by the depository institution to the institution’s average total consolidated assets less tangible equity;

 

    increases the minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35%;

 

    permanently increases the deposit insurance coverage amount from $100,000 to $250,000;

 

    requires the FDIC to make its capital requirements for insured depository institutions countercyclical, so that capital requirements increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction;

 

    requires bank holding companies and banks to be “well capitalized” and “well managed” in order to acquire banks located outside of their home state and requires any bank holding company electing to be treated as a financial holding company to be “well capitalized” and “well managed;”

 

    directs the Federal Reserve to establish interchange fees for debit cards under a restrictive “reasonable and proportional cost” per transaction standard;

 

    limits the ability of banking organizations to sponsor or invest in private equity and hedge funds and to engage in proprietary trading;

 

    increases regulation of consumer protections regarding mortgage originations, including originator compensation, minimum repayment standards, and prepayment consideration;

 

    restricts the preemption of select state laws by federal banking law applicable to national banks and disallow subsidiaries and affiliates of national banks from availing themselves of such preemption;

 

    authorizes national and state banks to establish de novo branches in any state that would permit a bank chartered in that state to open a branch at that location; and

 

    repeals the federal prohibition on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts.

Some of these provisions may have the consequence of increasing our expenses, decreasing our revenues, and changing the activities in which we choose to engage. The environment in which banking organizations will operate after the financial crisis, including legislative and regulatory changes affecting capital, liquidity, supervision, permissible activities, corporate governance and compensation, changes in fiscal policy and steps to eliminate government support for banking organizations, may have long-term effects on the business model and profitability of banking organizations that cannot now be foreseen. The specific impact on our current activities or new financial activities we may consider in the future, our financial performance and the market in which we operate will depend on the manner in which the relevant agencies develop and implement the required rules and

 

3


Table of Contents

the reaction of market participants to these regulatory developments. Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to further rulemaking and will take effect over several years. While we cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us, these changes could be materially adverse to our investors.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

Capital adequacy. The Federal Reserve Board monitors the capital adequacy of our holding company, on a consolidated basis, and the FDIC and the OFI monitor the capital adequacy of First NBC Bank. The regulatory agencies use a combination of risk-based guidelines and a leverage ratio to evaluate capital adequacy and consider these capital levels when taking action on various types of applications and when conducting supervisory activities related to safety and soundness. The risk-based capital standards are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among financial institutions and their holding companies, to account for off-balance sheet exposure, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance sheet items, such as letters of credit and unfunded loan commitments, are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate risk weights. Regulatory capital, in turn, is classified in one of two tiers. “Tier 1” capital includes common equity, retained earnings, qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill, most intangible assets and certain other assets. “Tier 2” capital includes, among other things, qualifying subordinated debt and allowances for loan and lease losses, subject to limitations. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items.

FDIC and Federal Reserve regulations currently require banks and bank holding companies generally to maintain three minimum capital standards: (1) a tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets ratio, or “leverage capital ratio,” of at least 4%, (2) a tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio, or “tier 1 risk-based capital ratio,” of at least 4% and (3) a total risk-based capital (tier 1 plus tier 2) to risk-weighted assets ratio, or “total risk-based capital ratio,” of at least 8%. In addition, the prompt corrective action standards discussed below, in effect, increase the minimum regulatory capital ratios for banking organizations. These capital requirements are minimum requirements. Higher capital levels may be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual institutions, or if required by the banking regulators due to the economic conditions impacting our market. For example, FDIC regulations provide that higher capital may be required to take adequate account of, among other things, interest rate risk and the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading activities. Effective January 1, 2015, these minimum capital standards, as well as the prompt corrective action standards discussed below, will increase as a result of changes recently adopted by the federal banking agencies, which are described in greater detail below under “Basel III”.

Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject us to a variety of enforcement remedies, including issuance of a capital directive, a prohibition on accepting brokered deposits, other restrictions on our business and the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC.

Prompt corrective action regulations. Under the prompt corrective action regulations, the FDIC is required and authorized to take supervisory actions against undercapitalized financial institutions. For this purpose, a bank is placed in one of the following five categories based on its capital: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. Under the prompt corrective action regulations, as currently in effect, to be well capitalized, a bank must have a leverage capital ratio of at least 5%, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10% and must not be subject to any order or written agreement or directive by a federal banking agency to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. As discussed below under “Basel III,” the federal banking agencies have adopted changes to the capital thresholds applicable to each of the five categories under the prompt corrective action regulations.

Federal banking regulators are required to take various mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of the

 

4


Table of Contents

action depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, banking regulators must appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. The federal banking agencies have specified by regulation the relevant capital level for each category. An institution that is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking agency. An undercapitalized institution also is generally prohibited from increasing its average total assets, making acquisitions, establishing any branches or engaging in any new line of business, except under an accepted capital restoration plan or with FDIC approval. The regulations also establish procedures for downgrading an institution to a lower capital category based on supervisory factors other than capital.

Furthermore, a bank holding company must guarantee that a subsidiary depository institution meets its capital restoration plan, subject to various limitations. The controlling holding company’s obligation to fund a capital restoration plan is limited to the lesser of 5% of an undercapitalized subsidiary’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount required to meet regulatory capital requirements.

The capital classification of a bank affects the frequency of regulatory examinations, the bank’s ability to engage in certain activities and the deposit insurance premiums paid by the bank. As of December 31, 2013, First NBC Bank met the requirements to be categorized as well capitalized under the prompt corrective action framework as currently in effect.

Basel III. On July 2, 2013, the federal banking agencies adopted a final rule revising the regulatory capital framework applicable to all top tier bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $500 million or more and all banks, regardless of size. The Basel III framework will be applicable beginning January 1, 2015, although the capital conservation buffer, which is discussed in greater detail below, will be phased in over a three-year period, beginning January 1, 2016.

Under the Basel III framework, we will be required to maintain the following minimum regulatory capital ratios:

 

    A new ratio of common equity tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of not less than 4.5%;

 

    A tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% (an increase from 4.0%);

 

    A total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0%; and

 

    A leverage ratio of 4.0%.

The Basel III framework also changes the regulatory capital requirements for purposes of the prompt corrective action regulations. Accordingly, as of January 1, 2015, to be categorized as well capitalized, the bank must have a minimum common equity tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.5%, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.0%, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%, and a leverage capital ratio of at least 5.0%.

Under the Basel III framework, tier 1 capital is redefined to include two components: (1) common equity tier 1 capital and (2) additional tier 1 capital. Common equity tier 1 capital consists solely of common stock (plus related surplus), retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income, and limited amounts of minority interests that are in the form of common stock. Additional tier 1 capital includes other perpetual instruments historically included in tier 1 capital, such as non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock. With limited exceptions, trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock will no longer qualify as tier 1 capital. Tier 2 capital consists of instruments that currently qualify as tier 2 capital plus instruments that the rule has disqualified from Tier 1 capital treatment. In addition, the Basel III framework establishes certain deductions from and adjustments to the regulatory capital ratios.

The Basel III framework also implements a requirement for all banking organizations to maintain a capital conservation buffer above the minimum capital requirements to avoid certain restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. The capital conservation buffer must be composed of

 

5


Table of Contents

common equity tier 1 capital. The capital conservation buffer requirement will effectively require banking organizations to maintain regulatory capital ratios at least 50 basis points higher than well capitalized levels to avoid the restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers.

The Basel III framework alters the method under which banking organizations must calculate risk-weighted assets in an effort to make the calculation of risk-weighted assets more risk-sensitive, to better account for risk mitigation techniques, and to create substitutes for credit ratings (in accordance with the Dodd-Frank Act). The standardized approach, which will apply to us, includes additional exposure categories as compared with current standards including a new high volatility commercial real estate category that is risk-weighted at 150%. Although a number of asset classes will be risk-weighted differently, the Basel III framework does not change standardized risk weightings for certain assets, including residential mortgages.

Although management is continuing to evaluate the impact the Basel III framework will have on our organization, we were in compliance with all applicable minimum regulatory capital requirements as of December 31, 2013 and expect to meet all minimum regulatory capital requirements under the final rule when it becomes effective, as if fully phased in.

The Basel III framework also requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests. Although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by banks and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, the Basel III framework would require specific liquidity tests by rule. On October 24, 2013, the federal banking agencies proposed rules implementing the Basel III liquidity framework, which apply only to banking organizations with $250 billion or more in consolidated assets or $10 billion or more in foreign exposures. As a result, unless modified, the Basel III liquidity framework would not apply to us.

Acquisitions by Bank Holding Companies

We must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before (1) acquiring more than five percent of the voting stock of any bank or other bank holding company, (2) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or bank holding company, or (3) merging or consolidating with any other bank holding company. The Federal Reserve may determine not to approve any of these transactions if it would result in or tend to create a monopoly or substantially lessen competition or otherwise function as a restraint of trade, unless the anti-competitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned, the convenience and needs of the community to be served, and the record of a bank holding company and its subsidiary bank(s) in combating money laundering activities. In addition, a failure to implement and maintain adequate compliance programs could cause the Federal Reserve or other banking regulators not to approve an acquisition when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit an acquisition even if approval is not required.

Scope of Permissible Bank Holding Company Activities

In general, the Bank Holding Company Act limits the activities permissible for bank holding companies to the business of banking, managing or controlling banks and such other activities as the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be properly incident thereto.

A bank holding company may elect to be treated as a financial holding company if it and its depository institution subsidiaries are “well capitalized” and “well managed.” A financial holding company may engage in a range of activities that are (1) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity or (2) complementary to a financial activity and which do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of a depository institution or to the financial system generally. These activities include securities dealing, underwriting and market making, insurance underwriting and agency activities, merchant banking and insurance company portfolio investments. Expanded financial activities of financial holding companies generally will be regulated according to the type of such financial activity: banking activities by banking regulators, securities activities by securities regulators and insurance activities by insurance regulators. We currently have no plans to make a financial holding company election.

 

6


Table of Contents

The Bank Holding Company Act does not place territorial limitations on permissible non-banking activities of bank holding companies. The Federal Reserve has the power to order any bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable grounds to believe that continuation of such activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety or stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.

Source of Strength Doctrine for Bank Holding Companies

Under longstanding Federal Reserve policy which has been codified by the Dodd-Frank Act, we are expected to act as a source of financial strength to, and to commit resources to support, First NBC Bank. This support may be required at times when we may not be inclined to provide it. In addition, any capital loans that we make to First NBC Bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of First NBC Bank. In the event of our bankruptcy, any commitment by us to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of First NBC Bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

Dividends

As a bank holding company, we are subject to certain restrictions on dividends under applicable banking laws and regulations. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement that provides that a bank holding company should not pay dividends unless: (1) its net income over the last four quarters (net of dividends paid) has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (2) the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition of the bank holding company and its subsidiaries; and (3) the bank holding company will continue to meet minimum required capital adequacy ratios. Accordingly, a bank holding company should not pay cash dividends that exceed its net income or that can only be funded in ways that weaken the bank holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes, and Basel III results in additional restrictions on the ability of banking institutions to pay dividends. In addition, in the current financial and economic environment, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy and has discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong.

First NBC Bank is also subject to certain restrictions on dividends under federal and state laws, regulations and policies. In general, under Louisiana law, First NBC Bank may pay dividends to us without the approval of the OFI so long as the amount of the dividend does not exceed First NBC Bank’s net profits earned during the current year combined with its retained net profits of the immediately preceding year. The bank is required to obtain the approval of the OFI for any amount in excess of this threshold. In addition, under federal law, First NBC Bank may not pay any dividend to us if it is undercapitalized or the payment of the dividend would cause it to become undercapitalized. The FDIC may further restrict the payment of dividends by requiring the bank to maintain a higher level of capital than would otherwise be required to be adequately capitalized for regulatory purposes. Moreover, if, in the opinion of the FDIC, First NBC Bank is engaged in an unsound practice (which could include the payment of dividends), the FDIC may require, generally after notice and hearing, the bank to cease such practice. The FDIC has indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depository institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe banking practice. The FDIC has also issued policy statements providing that insured depository institutions generally should pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.

Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Loans to Insiders

Federal law strictly limits the ability of banks to engage in transactions with their affiliates, including their bank holding companies. Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, and Federal Reserve Regulation W, impose quantitative limits, qualitative standards, and collateral requirements on certain transactions by a bank with, or for the benefit of, its affiliates, and generally require those transactions to be on terms at least as favorable to the bank as transactions with non-affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly expands the coverage and scope of the limitations on affiliate transactions within a banking organization, including an expansion of

 

7


Table of Contents

what types of transactions are covered transactions to include credit exposures related to derivatives, repurchase agreements and securities lending arrangements and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be satisfied.

Federal law also limits a bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons. Among other things, extensions of credit to insiders are required to be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons. Also, the terms of such extensions of credit may not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features and may not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the bank’s capital.

Deposit Insurance Assessments

FDIC-insured banks are required to pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC. The amount of the assessment is based on the size of the bank’s assessment base, which is equal to its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity, and its risk classification under an FDIC risk-based assessment system. Institutions assigned to higher risk classifications (that is, institutions that pose a higher risk of loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund) pay assessments at higher rates than institutions that pose a lower risk. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern that the institution poses to the regulators. In addition, the FDIC can impose special assessments in certain instances. As noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act changed the way that deposit insurance premiums are calculated. Continued action by the FDIC to replenish the Deposit Insurance Fund, as well as the changes contained in the Dodd-Frank Act, may result in higher assessment rates, which could reduce our profitability or otherwise negatively impact our operations.

Branching and Interstate Banking

Under Louisiana law, First NBC Bank is permitted to establish additional branch offices within Louisiana, subject to the approval of the OFI. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the bank may also establish additional branch offices outside of Louisiana, subject to prior regulatory approval, so long as the laws of the state where the branch is to be located would permit a state bank chartered in that state to establish a branch. The bank currently does not have any branches outside the State of Louisiana. First NBC Bank may also establish offices in other states by merging with banks or by purchasing branches of other banks in other states, subject to certain restrictions.

Community Reinvestment Act

First NBC Bank has a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA, and related FDIC regulations to help meet the credit needs of its communities, including low- and moderate-income borrowers. In connection with its examination of First NBC Bank, the FDIC is required to assess the bank’s record of compliance with the CRA. The bank’s failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in denial of certain corporate applications, such as branches or mergers, or in restrictions on its or the company’s activities, including additional financial activities if we elect to be treated as a financial holding company. First NBC Bank has received an “outstanding” CRA rating on each CRA examination since inception. The CRA requires all FDIC-insured institutions to publicly disclose their rating.

Concentrated Commercial Real Estate Lending Regulations

The federal banking regulatory agencies have promulgated guidance governing financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The guidance provides that a bank has a concentration in commercial real estate lending if (i) total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 100% or more of total capital or (ii) total reported loans secured by multifamily and nonfarm residential properties and loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 300% or more of total capital

 

8


Table of Contents

and the bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months. Owner occupied loans are excluded from this second category. If a concentration is present, management must employ heightened risk management practices that address, among other things, Board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of commercial real estate lending.

Consumer Laws and Regulations

The bank is subject to numerous laws and regulations intended to protect consumers in transactions with the bank, including, among others, laws regarding unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices, usury laws, and other federal consumer protection statutes. These federal laws include the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Real Estate Procedures Act of 1974, the S.A.F.E. Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008, the Truth in Lending Act and the Truth in Savings Act, among others. Many states and local jurisdictions have consumer protection laws analogous, and in addition, to those enacted under federal law. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans and conducting other types of transactions. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could give rise to regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by state and local attorneys general, and civil or criminal liability.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau that has broad authority to regulate and supervise retail financial services activities of banks and various non-bank providers. The Bureau has authority to promulgate regulations, issue orders, guidance and policy statements, conduct examinations and bring enforcement actions with regard to consumer financial products and services. In general, however, banks with assets of $10 billion or less, such as First NBC Bank, will continue to be examined for consumer compliance by their primary federal bank regulator.

Mortgage Lending Rules

The Dodd-Frank Act authorized the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau to establish certain minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages, including a determination of the borrower’s ability to repay. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, financial institutions may not make a residential mortgage loan unless they make a “reasonable and good faith determination” that the consumer has a “reasonable ability” to repay the loan. The Dodd-Frank Act allows borrowers to raise certain defenses to foreclosure but provides a full or partial safe harbor from such defenses for loans that are “qualified mortgages.” On January 10, 2013, the Bureau published final rules to, among other things, specify the types of income and assets that may be considered in the ability-to-repay determination, the permissible sources for verification, and the required methods of calculating the loan’s monthly payments. Since then, the Bureau has made certain modifications to these rules. The rules extend the requirement that creditors verify and document a borrower’s income and assets to include all information that creditors rely on in determining repayment ability. The rules also provide further examples of third-party documents that may be relied on for such verification, such as government records and check-cashing or funds-transfer service receipts. The new rules became effective on January 10, 2014. The rules also define “qualified mortgages,” imposing both underwriting standards – for example, a borrower’s debt-to-income ratio may not exceed 43% – and limits on the terms of their loans. Points and fees are subject to a relatively stringent cap, and the terms include a wide array of payments that may be made in the course of closing a loan. Certain loans, including interest-only loans and negative amortization loans, cannot be qualified mortgages.

Anti-Money Laundering and OFAC

Under federal law, financial institutions must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. Financial institutions are also prohibited

 

9


Table of Contents

from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence and customer identification in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions, and law enforcement authorities have been granted increased access to financial information maintained by financial institutions.

The Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, is responsible for helping to insure that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with certain prohibited parties, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC publishes lists of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, known as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. Generally, if the bank identifies a transaction, account or wire transfer relating to a person or entity on an OFAC list, it must freeze the account or block the transaction, file a suspicious activity report and notify the appropriate authorities.

Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and they must consider an institution’s compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications, including applications for banking mergers and acquisitions. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing and comply with OFAC sanctions, or to comply with relevant laws and regulations, could have serious legal, reputational and financial consequences for the institution.

Safety and Soundness Standards

Federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted guidelines that establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. Additionally, the agencies have adopted regulations that provide the authority to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of these safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.

Bank holding companies are also not permitted to engage in unsound banking practices. For example, the Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y requires a holding company to give the Federal Reserve prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities, if the consideration to be paid, together with the consideration paid for any repurchases in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve may oppose the transaction if it believes that the transaction would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law or regulation. As another example, a holding company could not impair its subsidiary bank’s soundness by causing it to make funds available to non-banking subsidiaries or their customers if the Federal Reserve believed it not prudent to do so. The Federal Reserve has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their nonbanking subsidiaries that represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or that constitute violations of laws or regulations.

Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies

The commercial banking business is affected not only by general economic conditions but also by U.S. fiscal policy and the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve. Some of the instruments of monetary policy available to the Federal Reserve include changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings, the fluctuating availability of borrowings at the “discount window,” open market operations, the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements against member banks’ deposits and assets of foreign branches, and the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements against certain borrowings by banks and their affiliates. These policies influence to a

 

10


Table of Contents

significant extent the overall growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits and the interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. We cannot predict the nature of future fiscal and monetary policies and the effect of these policies on our future business and earnings.

Future Legislation and Regulatory Reform

In light of current conditions and the market outlook for continuing weak economic conditions, regulators have increased their focus on the regulation of financial institutions. New laws, regulations and policies are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of financial institutions operating in the United States. In addition, existing laws, regulations and policies are continually subject to modification or changes in interpretation. We cannot predict whether or in what form any law, regulation or policy will be adopted or modified or the extent to which our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans or future prospects may be affected by its adoption or modification.

The cumulative effect of these laws and regulations add significantly to the cost of our operations and thus have a negative impact on profitability. There has also been a tremendous expansion in recent years of financial service providers that are not subject to the same level of regulation, examination and oversight as we are. Those providers, because they are not so highly regulated, may have a competitive advantage over us and may continue to draw large amounts of funds away from traditional banking institutions, with a continuing adverse effect on the banking industry in general.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our business is subject to risk. The following discussion, as well as management’s discussion and analysis and our financial statements and footnotes, set forth the most significant risks and uncertainties that we believe could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or growth prospects. If any of the following risks occur, our actual results could differ materially from those described in our forward-looking statements described elsewhere in this report. These risks are not the only risks that we may face. Additional risks and uncertainties of which management is not aware, or that management currently deems to be immaterial, may also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or growth prospects.

Risks Relating to our Business

As a business operating in the financial services industry, our business and operations may be adversely affected in numerous and complex ways by weak economic conditions.

Our businesses and operations, which primarily consist of lending money to customers in the form of loans, borrowing money from customers in the form of deposits and investing in securities, are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the United States. Although the United States economy, as a whole, has improved moderately over the past several years, and the economy of the New Orleans metropolitan area has performed more strongly than the national economy, the business environment in which we operate continues to be impacted by the effects of the most recent recession. Uncertainty about the federal fiscal policymaking process, the medium and long-term fiscal outlook of the federal government, and future tax rates is a concern for businesses, consumers and investors in the United States. In addition, economic conditions in foreign countries, including global political hostilities and uncertainty over the stability of the euro currency, could affect the stability of global financial markets, which could hinder domestic economic growth. The current economic environment is characterized by interest rates at historically low levels, which impacts our ability to attract deposits and to generate attractive earnings through our investment portfolio. All of these factors are detrimental to our business, and the interplay between these factors can be complex and unpredictable. Our business is also significantly affected by monetary and related policies of the United States government and its agencies. Changes

 

11


Table of Contents

in any of these policies are influenced by macroeconomic conditions and other factors that are beyond our control. Adverse economic conditions and government policy responses to such conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We rely heavily on our management team and could be adversely affected by the unexpected loss of key officers.

We are led by an experienced core management team with substantial experience in the markets that we serve and our operating strategy focuses on providing products and services through long-term relationship managers. Accordingly, our success depends in large part on the performance of our key personnel, as well as on our ability to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified senior and middle management. Competition for employees is intense, and the process of locating key personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to execute our business plan may be lengthy. We may not be successful in retaining our key employees, and the unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business because of their skills, knowledge of our market, years of industry experience, long-term customer relationships, and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel. If the services of any of our key personnel should become unavailable for any reason, we may not be able to identify and hire qualified persons on terms acceptable to us.

Our business is concentrated in the New Orleans metropolitan area, and we are more sensitive than our more geographically diversified competitors to adverse changes in the local economy.

We conduct substantially all of our operations in Louisiana, and more specifically, within the New Orleans metropolitan area. Substantially all of the real estate loans in our loan portfolio are secured by properties located in Louisiana. The New Orleans economy is particularly sensitive to oil and gas prices and tourism demand. We compete against a number of financial institutions that maintain significant operations outside of the New Orleans metropolitan area and outside the State of Louisiana. Accordingly, a regional or local economic downturn, or natural or man-made disaster, that affects Louisiana and New Orleans or existing or prospective property or borrowers in Louisiana and New Orleans may affect us and our profitability more significantly and more adversely than our more geographically diversified competitors.

As recovery from Hurricane Katrina winds down in New Orleans, local economic activity may be depressed, which would adversely affect our growth.

New Orleans was devastated by Hurricane Katrina in 2005, which resulted in severe loss of life, property and infrastructure damage estimated to between $75-$100 billion, and depressed real estate and labor markets and economic activity. Rebuilding continues, aided by more than $70 billion in federal government spending to date. We believe that our growth since inception has been accelerated because of the economic growth in New Orleans stimulated by this spending. The expected reduction in government spending on rebuilding in New Orleans could reduce economic activity in the region, which would adversely affect our growth.

The market in which we operate is susceptible to hurricanes and other natural disasters and adverse weather, as well as man-made disasters, which may adversely affect our business and operations.

Substantially all of our business is in the New Orleans metropolitan area, an area that has been and will continue to be susceptible to major hurricanes, floods, tornadoes, tropical storms, and other natural disasters and adverse weather. These natural disasters can disrupt our operations, cause widespread property damage, and severely depress the local economies in which we operate. Man-made disasters, like the 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill off the Louisiana coast, can also depress sectors that are critical to the New Orleans economy, such as tourism, energy and fishing, and other economic activity in the area. Economic losses from 2011 through 2013 for Louisiana commercial fisheries resulting from the oil spill are projected to be approximately $115-$173 million. We believe that the moratorium on offshore drilling has also had an adverse impact on economic growth in the

 

12


Table of Contents

region. Any economic decline as a result of a natural disaster, adverse weather, oil spill or other man-made disaster can reduce the demand for loans and our other products and services. In addition, the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures, bankruptcies and losses on loan portfolios may increase substantially, as uninsured property losses or sustained job interruption or loss may materially impair the ability of borrowers to repay their loans. Moreover, the value of real estate or other collateral that secures the loans could be materially and adversely affected by a disaster. A disaster could, therefore, result in decreased revenue and loan losses.

We may not be able to adequately manage our credit risk, which could adversely affect our profitability.

Our business model is focused primarily on lending to customers. The business of lending is inherently risky, and we are subject to the risk that loans that we make may not be fully repaid in a timely manner or at all or that the value of any collateral supporting those loans will be insufficient to cover our outstanding exposure. These risks may be affected by the strength of the borrower’s business sector and local, regional and national market and economic conditions. Our risk management practices, such as monitoring the concentration of our loans within specific industries and our credit approval practices, may not adequately reduce credit risk, and our credit administration personnel, policies and procedures may not adequately adapt to changes in economic or any other conditions affecting customers and the quality of the loan portfolio. Finally, many of our loans are made to small and medium-sized businesses that are less able to withstand competitive, economic and financial pressures than larger borrowers. A failure to effectively measure and limit the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio could expose us to increased losses that could adversely affect our financial results.

Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio.

Our experience in the banking industry indicates that some portion of our loans will not be fully repaid in a timely manner or at all. Accordingly, we maintain an allowance for loan losses that represents management’s best estimate of the loan losses and risks inherent in our loan portfolio. The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations; specific credit risks; loan loss experience; current loan portfolio quality; present economic, political and regulatory conditions; and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses is inherently highly subjective and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks, all of which may undergo material changes. Inaccurate management assumptions, continuing deterioration of economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses. In addition, our regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our loan portfolio and the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses and may require adjustments based on judgments different than those of management. Further, if actual charge-offs in future periods exceed the amounts allocated to the allowance for loan losses, we may need additional provision for loan losses to restore the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses. If we are required to materially increase our level of allowance for loan losses for any reason, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Our commercial real estate loan portfolio exposes us to risks that may be greater than the risks related to our other mortgage loans.

Our loan portfolio includes non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans for individuals and businesses for various purposes, which are secured by commercial properties, as well as real estate construction and development loans. As of December 31, 2013, our non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans totaled $763.3 million, or 32.4% of our total loan portfolio. These loans typically involve repayment dependent upon income generated, or expected to be generated, by the property securing the loan in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service, which may be adversely affected by changes in the economy or local market conditions. These loans expose us to greater credit risk than loans secured by residential real estate because the collateral securing these loans typically cannot be liquidated as easily as residential real estate because there are

 

13


Table of Contents

fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. Additionally, non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans generally involve relatively large balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. Accordingly, charge-offs on non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred with our residential or consumer loan portfolios. Unexpected deterioration in the credit quality of our commercial real estate loan portfolio would require us to increase our provision for loan losses, which would reduce our profitability and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

A prolonged downturn in the real estate market could result in losses and adversely affect our profitability.

As of December 31, 2013, approximately 53% of our loan portfolio was composed of commercial and consumer real estate loans. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower, and we are exposed to risk based on the fluctuations in real estate collateral values. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a relatively short period of time as a result of numerous factors, including market conditions in the geographic area in which the real estate is located, natural or man-made disasters, and changes in monetary, fiscal or tax policy, among others. A decline in real estate values could impair the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon any foreclosure, which would likely require us to increase our provision for loan losses. In the event of a default with respect to any of these loans, the amounts that we receive upon sale of the collateral may be insufficient to recover the outstanding principal and interest on the loan. If we are required to re-value the collateral securing a loan to satisfy the debt during a period of reduced real estate values or to increase our allowance for loan losses, our profitability could be adversely affected.

Lack of seasoning of our loan portfolio could increase risk of credit defaults in the future.

As a result of our growth over the past four years, a large portion of loans in our loan portfolio and of our lending relationships are of relatively recent origin. In general, loans do not begin to show signs of credit deterioration or default until they have been outstanding for some period of time, a process referred to as “seasoning.” As a result, a portfolio of older loans will usually behave more predictably than a newer portfolio. Because a large portion of our portfolio is relatively new, the current level of delinquencies and defaults may not represent the level that may prevail as the portfolio becomes more seasoned. If delinquencies and defaults increase, we may be required to increase our provision for loan losses, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our high concentration of large loans to certain borrowers may increase our credit risk.

Our growth over the last several years has been partially attributable to our ability to originate and retain large loans. Many of these loans have been made to a small number of borrowers, resulting in a high concentration of large loans to certain borrowers. As of December 31, 2013, our 10 largest borrowing relationships ranged from approximately $30.9 million to $50.7 million (including unfunded commitments) and averaged approximately $37.9 million in total commitments. Along with other risks inherent in these loans, such as the deterioration of the underlying businesses or property securing these loans, this high concentration of borrowers presents a risk to our lending operations. If any one of these borrowers becomes unable to repay its loan obligations as a result of economic or market conditions, or personal circumstances, such as divorce or death, our nonperforming loans and our provision for loan losses could increase significantly.

Delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures in residential mortgages have recently increased, creating a higher risk of repurchases and indemnity requests, which could adversely affect our profitability.

We originate residential mortgage loans for sale to government-sponsored enterprises, such as Fannie Mae, and other investors. As a part of this process, we make various representations and warranties to these purchasers that are tied to the underwriting standards under which the investors agreed to purchase the loan. If a representation

 

14


Table of Contents

or warranty proves to be untrue, we could be required to repurchase one or more of the mortgage loans or indemnify the investor. Repurchase and indemnity obligations tend to increase during weak economic times, as investors seek to pass on the risks associated with mortgage loan delinquencies. If we are forced to repurchase delinquent mortgage loans that we have previously sold to investors, or indemnify those investors, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

We face significant competition to attract and retain customers, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability.

We operate in the highly competitive banking industry and face significant competition for customers from bank and non-bank competitors, particularly regional and nationwide institutions, in originating loans, attracting deposits and providing other financial services. Many of our competitors are larger and have significantly more resources, greater name recognition, and more extensive and established branch networks than we do. Because of their scale, many of these competitors can be more aggressive than we can on loan and deposit pricing. Also, many of our non-bank competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. We expect competition to continue to intensify due to financial institution consolidation; legislative, regulatory and technological changes; and the emergence of alternative banking sources. Increased competition could require us to increase the rates that we pay on deposits or lower the rates that we offer on loans, which could reduce our profitability. Our failure to compete effectively in our market could restrain our growth or cause us to lose market share, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

As a community bank, our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the growth of our business.

We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. Our growth over the past several years has depended on attracting new customers from competing financial institutions and increasing our market share, primarily through the involvement of our employees in our communities and word-of-mouth advertising, rather than on growth in the market for banking services in New Orleans. As such, we strive to enhance our reputation by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve and delivering superior service to our customers. If our reputation is negatively affected by the actions of our employees or otherwise, we may be less successful in attracting new customers, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Our growth has been aided by acquisitions of our local competitors, which may not continue.

In recent years, several of our local competitors have been acquired by larger regional or nationwide institutions. As a result of these acquisitions, whether because of disruptions caused by merger integration problems, a desire to stay with a New Orleans-based institution or otherwise, many customers of the target institutions have chosen instead to bank with us. However, since 2011, we have been the largest bank holding company based in New Orleans by a significant margin, and acquisitions of our New Orleans-based competitors in the future would be unlikely to result in a comparable number of customers seeking a new, locally-based financial institution. The absence of these growth opportunities could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may not be able to manage the risks associated with our anticipated growth and expansion through de novo branching, which could adversely affect our profitability.

We believe that branch expansion has been meaningful to our growth since inception, and our business strategy includes evaluating strategic opportunities to continue to grow organically through the expansion of our branch banking network. De novo branching presents certain risks, including those associated with the significant upfront costs and anticipated initial operating losses of establishing a branch; the ability to attract qualified

 

15


Table of Contents

management to operate the branch; local market reception for branches established outside of the New Orleans metropolitan area; local economic conditions in the market to be served by the branch; the ability to secure attractive locations at a reasonable cost; and the additional strain on management resources and internal systems and controls. If we are unable to manage the risks associated with our continued organic growth through de novo branching, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

We may not be able to overcome the integration and other risks associated with acquisitions, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability.

Although we plan to continue to grow our business organically, we may from time to time consider acquisition opportunities that we believe complement our activities and have the ability to enhance our profitability. Our acquisition activities could be material to our business and involve a number of risks, including those associated with:

 

    the diversion of management attention from the operation of our existing business to identify, evaluate and negotiate potential transactions;

 

    the use of inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, management and market risks with respect to the target institution or assets;

 

    transaction pricing as a result intense competition from other banking organizations;

 

    the potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities related to the acquisition;

 

    the time and expense required to integrate the acquisition;

 

    the effectiveness of the integration of the acquisition;

 

    higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the acquisition;

 

    adverse short-term effect on our results of operations;

 

    the potential loss of key employees and customers as a result of execution failures; and

 

    the risks of impairment to goodwill or other than temporary impairment.

Depending on the condition of any institution or assets or liabilities that we may acquire, that acquisition may, at least in the near term, adversely affect our capital and earnings and, if not successfully integrated with our organization, may continue to have such effects over a longer period. We may not be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with pending or potential acquisitions. Our inability to overcome these risks could have an adverse effect on our profitability, return on equity and return on assets, as well as our ability to implement our business strategy and enhance shareholder value.

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately and timely, in which case our business may be harmed, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, and the price of our common stock may decline.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for evaluating and reporting on that system of internal control. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. During 2012, we identified a material weakness in our internal control that related to accounting for the deferred tax aspects of certain of our investments in entities that generate tax credits. We have taken what we believe are the appropriate actions to address the weakness, including hiring additional accounting personnel, providing training to our personnel to develop the expertise in tax credits, using outside accountants and

 

16


Table of Contents

consultants to supplement our internal staff when necessary, and implementing additional internal control procedures. We will continue to periodically test and update, as necessary, our internal control systems, including our financial reporting controls. However, our actions may not be sufficient to result in an effective internal control environment.

If our actions prove insufficient to prevent the recurrence of the internal control weakness that we have corrected, if we identify other material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in the future, if we cannot comply with our requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or attest that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm cannot express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting when required, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately and timely. As a result, investors, counterparties and customers may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports; our liquidity, access to capital markets, and perceptions of our creditworthiness could be adversely affected; and the market price of our common stock could decline. In addition, we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Federal Reserve or the FDIC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

Regulatory requirements affecting our loans secured by commercial real estate could limit our ability to leverage our capital and adversely affect our growth and profitability.

The federal bank regulatory agencies have indicated their view that banks with high concentrations of loans secured by commercial real estate are subject to increased risk and should hold higher capital than regulatory minimums to maintain an appropriate cushion against loss that is commensurate with the perceived risk. That view has been incorporated, among other things, into the recent revised regulatory capital standards commonly known as Basel III, which increase the risk weighting for “high volatility commercial real estate loans” from 100% to 150%. Because a significant portion of our loan portfolio is dependent on commercial real estate, the Basel III capital framework, as well as any other policies affecting commercial real estate, could limit our ability to leverage our capital.

We maintain a significant investment in tax credits, which we may not be able to fully utilize.

As of December 31, 2013, we maintained an investment of $117.7 million in entities for which we receive allocations of tax credits, which we utilize to offset our taxable income. We earned and recognized $28.4 million and $17.1 million in tax credits in 2013 and 2012, respectively, and as of December 31, 2013, we had tax credit carryforwards of approximately $65.2 million. We also expect to receive an additional $69.0 million in tax credits related to Federal New Markets Tax Credits for which qualified equity investments have already been made and $47.4 million in tax credits related to Low-Income Housing Tax Credits. Substantially all of these tax credits are related to development projects that are subject to ongoing compliance requirements over certain periods of time to fully realize their value. If these projects are not operated in full compliance with the required terms, the tax credits could be subject to recapture or restructuring.

Our effective federal income tax rate may increase.

As a result of our utilization of tax credits, we have recognized federal income taxes at effective tax rates substantially below statutory tax rates in every year since our inception. In some years, we paid no federal income taxes, even though we were profitable. We expect that tax credit-motivated investments will continue to be a material part of our business strategy for the foreseeable future. However, our ability to continue to access tax credits in the future will depend, among other factors, on federal and state tax policies, as well as the level of competition for future tax credits. Any of these tax credit programs could be discontinued at any time by future legislative action. If we are unable for any reason to maintain a level of federal tax credits consistent with our historical allocations, our effective federal income tax rate and taxes paid would be expected to increase.

 

17


Table of Contents

If we are unable to redeem our Series D preferred stock by February 4, 2016, or if we fail to comply with certain other terms of our Series D preferred stock, the dividend rate on will increase, which will adversely affect income to common shareholders.

We issued $37.9 million in Series D preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury in August 2011 in connection with our participation in the Small Business Lending Fund program. Under the terms of our Series D preferred stock, the annual dividend rate is fixed at a rate of 1% until February 4, 2016. If we are unable to redeem our Series D preferred stock by February 4, 2016, the annual dividend rate will increase to a fixed rate of 9%. In addition, we have certain annual reporting and certification obligations relating to our Series D preferred stock. If we fail to timely comply with any of those obligations, the annual dividend rate would increase to 7% during any period of noncompliance. Any increase in the dividend rate would decrease the amount of our income that is available to common shareholders.

We are subject to interest rate risk, which could adversely affect our profitability.

Our profitability, like that of most financial institutions, depends to a large extent on our ability to manage the risks associated with changes in interest rates. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Reserve Board. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, can impact our financial condition and results of operations in a number of ways. Net interest income, the primary driver of our earnings, is significantly affected by changes in interest rates. Net interest income is a measure of our net interest margin – the difference between the yield that we earn on our loans and investment securities and the interest rate that we pay on deposits and other borrowings – and the amount and mix of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in either our net interest margin or the amount or mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, which can result from changes in interest rates, could affect our net interest income and our earnings. Although the yield that we earn on our assets and our funding costs tend to move in the same direction in response to changes in interest rates, one can rise or fall faster than the other, causing our net interest margin to expand or contract. Changes in interest rates can also affect our business in numerous other ways. Increases in interest rates can have a negative impact on our results of operations by reducing loan demand and the ability of borrowers to repay their current obligations. Changes in interest rates can also affect the value of the investment securities that we hold. We measure and seek to actively manage our interest rate risk by estimating the effect of changes in interest rates on our earnings under various scenarios that differ based on assumptions about the direction, magnitude and speed of the changes and the slope of the interest rate yield curve. We hedge some of that interest rate risk with interest rate derivatives. At this time, we have positioned our asset portfolio to benefit in a higher or lower interest rate environment, but this may not remain true in the future. Furthermore, our strategies may not have the intended effect. If we are unable to effectively monitor and manage our interest rate risk, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and meet our obligations as they become due.

Liquidity is essential to our business. Liquidity risk is the potential that we will be unable to meet our obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities or on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general. Market conditions or other events could also negatively affect the level or cost of funding, affecting our ongoing ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations and fund asset growth and new business transactions at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner and without adverse consequences. Any substantial, unexpected or prolonged change in the level or cost of liquidity could have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet deposit withdrawals and other customer needs, which could have a material adverse effect on business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

18


Table of Contents

By engaging in derivative transactions, we are exposed to credit and market risk, which could adversely affect our profitability and financial condition.

We manage interest rate risk by, among other things, utilizing derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. Hedging interest rate risk is a complex process, requiring sophisticated models and constant monitoring, and is not a perfect science. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, hedged assets and liabilities will appreciate or depreciate in market value. The effect of this unrealized appreciation or depreciation will generally be offset by income or loss on the derivative instruments that are linked to the hedged assets and liabilities. By engaging in derivative transactions, we are exposed to credit and market risk. If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk exists to the extent of the fair value gain in the derivative. Market risk exists to the extent that interest rates change in ways that are significantly different from what we expected when we entered into the derivative transaction. The existence of credit and market risk associated with our derivative instruments could adversely affect our profitability and financial condition.

The fair value of our investment securities can fluctuate due to factors outside of our control.

Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. These factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency actions in respect of the securities, defaults by the issuer or with respect to the underlying securities, and changes in market interest rates and continued instability in the capital markets. Any of these factors, among others, could cause other-than-temporary impairments and realized and/or unrealized losses in future periods and declines in other comprehensive income, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. The process for determining whether impairment of a security is other-than-temporary usually requires complex, subjective judgments about the future financial performance and liquidity of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security.

Deterioration in the fiscal position of the U.S. federal government and downgrades in U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities could adversely affect us and our banking operations.

The long-term outlook for the fiscal position of the U.S. federal government is uncertain, as illustrated by the 2011 downgrade by certain rating agencies of the credit rating of the U.S. government and federal agencies. However, in addition to causing economic and financial market disruptions, any future downgrade, failure to raise the U.S. statutory debt limit, or deterioration in the fiscal outlook of the U.S. federal government, could, among other things, materially adversely affect the market value of the U.S. and other government and governmental agency securities that we hold, the availability of those securities as collateral for borrowing, and our ability to access capital markets on favorable terms. In particular, it could increase interest rates and disrupt payment systems, money markets, and long-term or short-term fixed income markets, adversely affecting the cost and availability of funding, which could negatively affect our profitability. Also, the adverse consequences of any downgrade could extend to those to whom we extend credit and could adversely affect their ability to repay their loans. Any of these developments could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our financial results depend on management’s selection of accounting methods and certain assumptions and estimates.

The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amount of related revenues and expenses. Certain accounting policies are inherently based to a greater extent on estimates, assumptions and judgments of management and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally estimated. These critical accounting policies include the allowance for loan losses, accounting for income taxes, the determination of fair value for financial instruments and accounting for stock-based compensation. Management’s judgment and the data relied upon by management may

 

19


Table of Contents

be based on assumptions that prove to be inaccurate, particularly in times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances. Even if the relevant factual assumptions are accurate, our decisions may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate because of other flaws in the design or use of analytical tools used by management. Any such failures in our processes for producing accounting estimates and managing risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services companies are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, and other relationships. We have exposure to different industries and counterparties, and through transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, and other institutional clients. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services companies, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. These losses or defaults could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We rely heavily on our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers, and any systems failures or interruptions could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

Our business depends on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers. We outsource many of our major systems, such as data processing, loan servicing and deposit processing systems. The failure of any of these systems, or the termination of a third-party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our information technology and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience service denials if demand for such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. If significant, sustained or repeated, a system failure or service denial could compromise our ability to operate effectively, damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, and subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and possible financial liability.

We may bear costs associated with the proliferation of computer theft and cybercrime.

We necessarily collect, use and hold data concerning individuals and businesses with whom we have a banking relationship. Threats to data security, including unauthorized access and cyber attacks, rapidly emerge and change, exposing us to additional costs for protection or remediation and competing time constraints to secure our data in accordance with customer expectations and statutory and regulatory requirements. It is difficult or impossible to defend against every risk being posed by changing technologies as well as criminals intent on committing cyber-crime. Increasing sophistication of cyber-criminals and terrorists make keeping up with new threats difficult and could result in a breach. Patching and other measures to protect existing systems and servers could be inadequate, especially on systems that are being retired. Controls employed by our information technology department and cloud vendors could prove inadequate. We could also experience a breach by intentional or negligent conduct on the part of employees or other internal sources. Our systems and those of our third-party vendors may become vulnerable to damage or disruption due to circumstances beyond our or their control, such as from catastrophic events, power anomalies or outages, natural disasters, network failures, and viruses and malware.

A breach of our security that results in unauthorized access to our data could expose us to a disruption or challenges relating to our daily operations as well as to data loss, litigation, damages, fines and penalties, significant increases in compliance costs, and reputational damage, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

 

20


Table of Contents

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with our lending activities.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. There is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties, and that we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value by limiting our ability to use or sell it. Although we have policies and procedures requiring environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Future laws or regulations or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws and regulations may increase our exposure to environmental liability.

Risks Relating to the Regulation of our Industry

We operate in a highly regulated environment, which could restrain our growth and profitability.

We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision that govern almost all aspects of our operations. These laws and regulations, and the supervisory framework that oversees the administration of these laws and regulations, are primarily intended to protect consumers, depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund and the banking system as a whole, and not shareholders and counterparties. These laws and regulations, among other matters, affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy, operations and growth. Compliance with the myriad laws and regulations applicable to our organization can be difficult and costly. In addition, these laws, regulations and policies are subject to continual review by governmental authorities, and changes to these laws, regulations and policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of these laws, regulations and policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways and often impose additional compliance costs. Further, any new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive. All of these laws and regulations, and the supervisory framework applicable to the banking industry, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The short-term and long-term impact of the newly adopted regulatory capital rules is uncertain.

In July 2013, the federal banking agencies approved rules that will significantly change the regulatory capital requirements of all banking institutions in the United States. The new rules are designed to implement the recommendations with respect to regulatory capital standards, commonly known as Basel III, approved by the International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. We will become subject to the new rules over a multi-year transition period beginning January 1, 2015. The new rules establish a new regulatory capital standard based on tier 1 common equity, increase the minimum tier 1 capital risk-based capital ratio, and impose a capital conservation buffer of at least 2.5% of common equity tier 1 capital above the new minimum regulatory capital ratios, when fully phased in during 2019. Failure to meet the capital conservation buffer will result in certain limitations on dividends, capital repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. The rules also change the manner in which a number of our regulatory capital components are calculated and the risk weights applicable to certain asset categories. Although there remains some uncertainty associated with the implementation and regulatory interpretation of the newly adopted standards, we expect that the new rules will generally require us to maintain greater amounts of regulatory capital. The new rules may also limit or restrict how we utilize our capital. A significant increase in our capital requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

Federal and state regulators periodically examine our business and we may be required to remediate adverse examination findings.

The Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the Louisiana Office of Financial Institutions periodically examine our business, including our compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a federal banking

 

21


Table of Contents

agency were to determine that our financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of any of our operations had become unsatisfactory, or that we were in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against our officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate our deposit insurance and place us into receivership or conservatorship. Any regulatory action against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments may increase.

The deposits of First NBC Bank are insured by the FDIC up to legal limits and, accordingly, subject it to the payment of FDIC deposit insurance assessments. The bank’s regular assessments are determined by the level of its assessment base and its risk classification, which is based on its regulatory capital levels and the level of supervisory concern that it poses. The FDIC has the unilateral power to change deposit insurance assessment rates and the manner in which deposit insurance is calculated and also to charge special assessments to FDIC-insured institutions. The FDIC utilized all of these powers during the financial crisis for the purpose of restoring the reserve ratios of the Deposit Insurance Fund. Any future special assessments, increases in assessment rates or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums could reduce our profitability or limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities.

We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.

The Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful regulatory challenge to an institution’s performance under the Community Reinvestment Act or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, restrictions on expansion, and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.

The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration, and Internal Revenue Service. We are also subject to increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us.

 

22


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to an Investment in our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock may be subject to substantial fluctuations, which may make it difficult for you to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which may make it difficult for you to resell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired. There are many factors that may impact the market price and trading volume of our common stock, including, without limitation:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, financial condition or asset quality;

 

    changes in economic or business conditions;

 

    initiation or termination of coverage by securities analysts;

 

    publication of research reports about us, our competitors, or the financial services industry generally, or changes in, or failure to meet, securities analysts’ estimates of our financial and operating performance, or lack of research reports by industry analysts or ceasing of coverage;

 

    operating and stock price performance of companies that investors deemed comparable to us;

 

    future issuances of our common stock or other securities;

 

    additions or departures of key personnel;

 

    proposed or adopted changes in laws, regulations or policies affecting us, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve;

 

    perceptions in the marketplace regarding our competitors and/or us;

 

    significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving our competitors or us;

 

    other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services; and

 

    other news, announcements or disclosures (whether by us or others) related to us, our competitors, our core market or the financial services industry.

The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks, have experienced substantial fluctuations in recent years, which in many cases have been unrelated to the operating performance and prospects of particular companies. In addition, significant fluctuations in the trading volume in our common stock may cause significant price variations to occur. Increased market volatility may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock, which could make it difficult to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” for purposes of the federal securities laws. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although we could lose that status sooner if our gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt in a three year period, or if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions, or if we choose to rely on additional

 

23


Table of Contents

exemptions in the future. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

The trading volume in our common stock is less than that of other larger financial services companies, which could increase the volatility of our stock price.

Although our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the trading volume in our common stock is less than that of other larger financial services companies. Given the lower trading volume, significant sales of our common stock, or the expectation of these sales, could cause our stock price to fall. In addition, a majority of our outstanding common stock is held by institutional shareholders, and trading activity involving large positions may increase the volatility of our stock price. As a result, shareholders may not be able to sell their shares at the volume, prices and times desired.

The rights of our common shareholders are subordinate to the rights of the holders of our Series D preferred stock and any debt securities that we may issue and may be subordinate to the holders of any other class of preferred stock that we may issue in the future.

We have issued 37,935 shares of our Series D preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury in connection with our participation in the Small Business Lending Fund program. These shares have rights that are senior to our common stock. As a result, we must make payments on the preferred stock before any dividends can be paid on our common stock and, in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holders of the Series D preferred stock must be satisfied in full before any distributions can be made to the holders of our common stock. Our Board of Directors has the authority to issue in the aggregate up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, and to determine the terms of each issue of preferred stock, without shareholder approval. Accordingly, you should assume that any shares of preferred stock that we may issue in the future will also be senior to our common stock. Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities or incur other borrowings in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, the amount, timing, nature or success of our future capital raising efforts is uncertain. Thus, common shareholders bear the risk that our future issuances of debt or equity securities or our incurrence of other borrowings will negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

We do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

Our Board of Directors intends to retain all of our earnings to promote growth and build capital. Accordingly, we do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, we are subject to certain restrictions on the payment of cash dividends as a result of banking laws, regulations and policies as well as our participation in the Treasury’s Small Business Lending Fund program. Finally, because First NBC Bank is our only material asset, our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders depends on our receipt of dividends from the bank, which is also subject to restrictions on dividends as a result of banking laws, regulations and policies.

Our corporate governance documents, and certain corporate and banking laws applicable to us, could make a takeover more difficult.

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, and corporate and federal banking laws, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of our organization or conduct a proxy contest, even if those events were perceived by many of our shareholders as beneficial to their interests. These provisions, and the corporate and banking laws and regulations applicable to us:

 

    enable our Board of Directors to issue additional shares of authorized, but unissued capital stock;

 

    enable our Board of Directors to issue “blank check” preferred stock with such designations, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Board;

 

    enable our Board of Directors to increase the size of the Board and fill the vacancies created by the increase;

 

24


Table of Contents
    enable our Board of Directors to amend our bylaws without shareholder approval;

 

    require advance notice for director nominations and other shareholder proposals; and

 

    require prior regulatory application and approval of any transaction involving control of our organization.

These provisions may discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control, including under circumstances in which our shareholders might otherwise receive a premium over the market price of our shares.

An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit and is subject to risk of loss.

Your investment in our common stock is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Your investment is subject to investment risk, and you must be capable of affording the loss of your entire investment.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

 

Item 2. Properties.

Our main office is located at 210 Baronne Street in New Orleans, which was built in 1927 and housed the former First National Bank of Commerce in New Orleans until its sale to Bank One in 1998. In addition to our main office, we operate from 31 branch offices located in Orleans, Jefferson, Tangipahoa, St. Tammany, Livingston and Washington Parishes and a loan production office in Gulfport, Mississippi. We lease our main office and 14 of our branch offices. These leases expire between 2014 and 2037, not including any renewal options that may be available. We own the remainder of our offices. All of our banking offices are in free-standing permanent facilities, except for the Kenner banking office. All of our banking offices are equipped with automated teller machines, and all of which provide for drive-up access, except for the main office.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

From time to time, we are a party to various litigation matters incidental to the conduct of our business. We are not presently party to any legal proceedings the resolution of which we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity, results of operation, cash flows or capital levels.

 

25


Table of Contents
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

Part II.

 

Item 5. Market Information and Holders

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “NBCB.” As of March 24, 2014, there were approximately 617 holders of record of our common stock.

The following table sets forth the reported high and low sales price of our common stock as quoted on the NASDAQ during each quarter since we completed our initial public offering in May 2013.

 

2013    High Sale      Low Sale  

4th quarter

   $ 33.11       $ 32.01   

3rd quarter

     24.50         24.23   

2nd quarter

     24.85         24.32   

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph and table, which were prepared by SNL Financial LC (“SNL”), compare the cumulative total return on our common stock over a measurement period beginning May 9, 2013 with (i) the cumulative total return on the stocks included in the Russell 3000 Index and (ii) the cumulative total return on the stocks included in the SNL Index of Banks with assets between $1 billion and $5 billion.

 

LOGO

 

     Period Ending  

Index

   05/09/13      05/31/13      06/30/13      07/31/13      08/31/13      09/30/13      10/31/13      11/30/13      12/31/13  

First NBC Bank Holding Company

     100.00         104.67         101.67         109.00         97.96         101.58         111.04         120.33         134.58   

Russell 3000

     100.00         100.44         99.13         104.57         101.65         105.43         109.91         113.10         116.08   

SNL Bank $1B-$5B

     100.00         101.96         104.72         114.42         108.70         114.89         119.15         129.35         130.35   

The stock performance graph assumes $100.00 was invested May 9, 2013. The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock performance.

 

26


Table of Contents

Dividend Policy

We have not paid any dividends on our common stock since inception, and we do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our future earnings will be retained to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business.

In addition, we are a holding company and do not engage directly in business activities of a material nature. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders depends, in large part, upon our receipt of dividends from First NBC Bank. First NBC Bank and we are also subject to numerous limitations on the payments of dividends under federal and state banking laws, regulations and policies. See “Supervision and Regulation-Dividends” in Item 1 of this annual report.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table presents certain information regarding our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2013.

 

Plan category

  Number of
securities to be
issued upon exercise
of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
    Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
    Number of
securities
remaining
available for future
issuance under
equity
compensation plans
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

    855,101      $ 13.48        329,674   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

    202,426      $ 13.63        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    1,057,527      $ 13.51        329,674   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

27


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

 

     As of and for the year ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (dollars in thousands, except share data)  

Income Statement Data:

          

Interest income

   $ 124,024      $ 106,457      $ 79,014      $ 60,691      $ 45,192   

Interest expense

     39,148        31,666        26,367        24,328        21,925   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     84,876        74,791        52,647        36,363        23,267   

Provision for loan losses

     9,800        11,035        8,010        5,514        2,466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision

     75,076        63,756        44,637        30,849        20,801   

Noninterest income

     13,416        13,136        5,951        5,647        2,673   

Noninterest expense

     67,332        55,007        36,247        26,287        19,186   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     21,160        21,885        14,341        10,209        4,288   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (19,751     (7,565     (5,407     147        90   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     40,911        29,450        19,748        10,062        4,198   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —          510        308        —          —     

Preferred stock dividends

     347        510        792        972        634   

Accretion of discount on preferred stock

     —          —          580        179        134   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available to common shareholders

   $ 40,564      $ 28,430      $ 18,068      $ 8,911      $ 3,430   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Period-End Balance Sheet Data:

          

Investment in short-term receivables

   $ 246,817      $ 81,044      $ 10,180      $ 37,068      $ —     

Investment securities available for sale

     277,719        405,355        316,309        183,922        117,568   

Investment securities held to maturity

     94,904        —          —          —          —     

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

     2,325,634        1,895,240        1,633,214        1,099,975        840,644   

Allowance for loan losses

     32,143        26,977        18,122        12,508        7,889   

Total assets

     3,286,617        2,670,867        2,216,456        1,459,943        1,076,875   

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     291,080        239,538        221,423        115,071        56,169   

Interest-bearing deposits

     2,439,727        2,028,990        1,680,587        1,179,710        911,896   

Long-term borrowings

     55,110        75,220        56,845        15,440        550   

Preferred shareholders’ equity

     42,406        49,166        58,517        18,105        17,927   

Common shareholders’ equity

     339,451        198,935        163,353        111,281        71,479   

Total shareholders’ equity

     381,857        248,101        221,870        129,386        89,406   

Per Share Data:

          

Earnings

          

Basic

   $ 2.38      $ 2.04      $ 1.55      $ 1.14      $ 0.52   

Diluted

     2.32        2.02        1.54        1.13        0.51   

Book value

     18.33        15.24        13.58        11.63        10.66   

Tangible book value(1)

     17.88        14.58        12.84        11.07        9.84   

Weighted average common shares outstanding

          

Basic

     16,203,919        12,952,751        10,794,639        7,800,425        6,652,688   

Diluted

     16,624,114        13,112,791        10,860,928        7,858,410        6,689,713   

Performance Ratios:

          

Return on average common equity

     14.88     15.77     14.28     11.42     6.11

Return on average equity

     12.63        12.40        11.25        9.48        5.07   

Return on average assets

     1.37        1.19        1.17        0.79        0.45   

Net interest margin

     3.11        3.36        3.44        3.09        2.67   

Efficiency ratio(2)

     68.50        62.56        61.86        62.57        73.97   

 

28


Table of Contents
     As of and for the year ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (dollars in thousands, except share data)  

Asset Quality Ratios:

          

Nonperforming assets to total loans, other real estate owned and other assets owned(3)(4)

     0.93     1.66     1.11     0.89     0.95

Allowance for loan losses to total loans(4)

     1.36        1.40        1.10        1.12        0.93   

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans(3)

     178.34        115.19        173.92        333.99        140.27   

Net charge-offs to average loans

     0.22        0.12        0.19        0.09        0.01   

Capital Ratios:

          

Total shareholders’ equity to assets

     11.62     9.29     10.08     8.86     8.30

Tangible common equity to tangible assets(5)

     10.10        7.15        7.04        7.28        6.16   

Tier 1 leverage capital

     11.76        9.04        10.69        8.92        8.10   

Tier 1 risk-based capital

     13.26        11.26        12.02        10.07        9.91   

Total risk-based capital

     14.40        12.51        13.02        11.05        10.71   

 

(1) Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP financial measure. Tangible book value per common share is computed as total shareholders’ equity, excluding preferred stock, less intangible assets, divided by the number of common shares outstanding at the balance sheet date. The Company believes that the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is book value per share.
(2) Efficiency ratio is the ratio of noninterest expense to net interest income and noninterest income.
(3) Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans and real estate and other property that we have repossessed. Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccrual loans and restructured loans.
(4) Total loans are net of unearned discounts and deferred fees and costs.
(5) Tangible common equity to tangible assets is a non-GAAP financial measure. Tangible common equity is computed as total shareholders’ equity, excluding preferred stock, less intangible assets, and tangible assets are calculated as total assets less intangible assets. The Company believes that the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total shareholders’ equity to assets.

 

29


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion and analysis is intended to assist readers in understanding the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of First NBC Bank Holding Company (“Company”) and its wholly owned subsidiary, First NBC Bank, as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 through 2011. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements, accompanying the footnotes and supplemental data included herein.

Forward-Looking Statements

From time to time, the Company has made and will make forward-looking statements, which reflect the Company’s current expectations with respect to, among other things, future events and financial performance. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “predict,” “potential,” “believe,” “will likely result,” “expect,” “continue,” “will,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “projection,” “would” and “outlook,” or the negative version of those words or other comparable of a future or forward-looking nature. The Company’s disclosures in this annual report contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigations Reform Act of 1995. The Company also may make forward-looking statements in its other documents filed or furnished with the Securities and Exchange Commission or orally to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others. Forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and all forward-looking statements are, by their nature, subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. There are or will be important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

    business and economic conditions generally and in the financial services industry, nationally and within our local market area;

 

    changes in management personnel;

 

    changes in government spending on rebuilding projects in New Orleans;

 

    hurricanes, other natural disasters and adverse weather; oil spills and other man-made disasters; acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, acts of God and other matters beyond the Company’s control;

 

    economic, market, operational, liquidity, credit and interest rate risks associated with the Company’s business;

 

    deterioration of asset quality;

 

    changes in real estate values;

 

    the ability to execute the strategies described in this annual report;

 

    increased competition in the financial services industry, nationally, regionally or locally, which may adversely affect pricing and terms;

 

    the ability to identify potential candidates for, and consummate, acquisitions of banking franchises on attractive terms, or at all;

 

    the ability to achieve organic loan and deposit growth and the composition of that growth;

 

    changes in federal tax law or policy;

 

    volatility and direction of market interest rates;

 

    changes in the regulatory environment, including changes in regulations that affect the fees that the Company charges or expenses that it incurs in connection with its operations;

 

    changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws;

 

    governmental legislation and regulation, including changes in accounting regulation or standards;

 

30


Table of Contents
    changes in interpretation of existing law and regulation;

 

    further government intervention in the U.S. financial system; and

 

    other factors that are discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 11.

Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and the Company does not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for the Company to predict which will arise. In addition, the Company cannot assess the impact of each factor on its business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be viewed as predictions and should not be the primary basis upon which investors evaluate an investment in the Company’s securities.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

The Company is a bank holding company, which operates through one segment, community banking, and offers a broad range of financial services to businesses, institutions, and individuals in southeastern Louisiana and the Mississippi Gulf Coast. The Company operates 32 full service banking offices located throughout its market and a loan production office in Gulfport, Mississippi. The Company generates most of its revenue from interest on loans and investments, service charges, and gains on the sale of loans and securities. The Company’s primary source of funding for its loans is deposits. The largest expenses are interest on these deposits and salaries and related employee benefits. The Company measures its performance through its net interest margin, return on average assets and return on average common equity, while maintaining appropriate regulatory leverage and risk-based capital ratios.

BALANCE SHEET POSITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Company’s income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2013 totaled $40.6 million, or $2.32 per diluted share, compared to $28.4 million, or $2.02 per diluted share for 2012. Basic earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $2.38, an increase of $0.34, or 16.7%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company’s strong earnings for the year ended December 31, 2013 were due to its year over year earning asset growth in the markets in which it serves, the positive growth in the markets acquired from Central Progressive Bank in 2011, and the increase in income tax benefit due to the Company’s investment in federal tax credit programs.

Key components of the Company’s performance during the year ended December 31, 2013 are summarized below.

 

    Total assets at December 31, 2013 were $3.3 billion, an increase of $615.8 million, or 23.1%, from December 31, 2012.

 

    Total loans at December 31, 2013 were $2.3 billion, an increase of $430.4 million, or 22.7%, from December 31, 2012. The increase in loans was primarily due to increases of $139.2 million, or 14.1%, in commercial real estate loans, $236.0 million, or 36.5%, in commercial loans, and $43.9 million, or 26.0%, in construction loans from December 31, 2012.

 

    The Company closed 8 Federal New Markets Tax Credits projects during 2013 with $55.5 million in Federal New Markets Tax Credits allocation. The Company also invested in 7 Federal New Markets Tax Credits projects during 2013 which had not closed at year end.

 

    Total deposits increased $462.3 million, or 20.4%, from December 31, 2012. The increase was due primarily to increases in money market deposits of $244.2 million, or 59.4%, NOW deposits of $74.1 million, or 16.9%, and certificates of deposit of $83.9 million, or 7.4%, from December 31, 2012.

 

    Shareholders’ equity increased $133.8 million, or 53.9%, to $381.9 million from December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily attributable to the results of the Company’s initial public offering and retained earnings over the period.

 

    Interest income increased $17.6 million, or 16.5%, during 2013 compared to 2012. The increases were driven by increases in loan growth, investment securities and investment in short-term receivables and were partially offset by lower yields on average interest-earning assets.

 

31


Table of Contents
    Interest expense increased $7.5 million, or 23.6%, during 2013 compared to 2012. The increases were primarily due to higher average balances of interest-bearing deposits and the Company’s tiered rate structure for all of its deposits. During the third quarter of 2013, the Company began a strategic effort to lower its cost of funds.

 

    The provision for loan losses decreased $1.2 million, or 11.2%, during 2013 compared to 2012. The provision for loan losses in the prior year was impacted primarily by the increase in the reserve due to one commercial loan relationship which was subsequently charged-off in 2013. As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans was 1.36%, compared to 1.40% at December 31, 2012.

 

    Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased $0.3 million, or 2.1%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Noninterest income, excluding securities gains, during 2013 increased $4.3 million, or 48.7%, compared to 2012. The change in noninterest income during 2013 was due primarily to decreases in service charges on deposit accounts ($0.5 million) and securities gains ($4.0 million), which were offset by increases in income from the sale of state tax credits ($2.2 million) and CDE fees ($1.7 million).

 

    The tax effect of the tax credits generated from the Company’s investment in federal tax credit programs, which if included in the noninterest income, would have increased total noninterest income by $40.6 million, $22.1 million and $15.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company’s income before income tax expense, adjusted for the tax effect of these investments in federal tax credits, would have been $61.8 million, $43.9 million and $29.8 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The impact of which is detailed in Table 1-Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.

 

    Noninterest expense during 2013 increased $12.3 million, or 22.4%, compared to 2012. The increase in noninterest expense compared to 2012 was due primarily to higher salaries and employee benefits ($3.5 million ), professional fees ($3.7 million), and tax credit amortization ($3.8 million).

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

This discussion and analysis contains financial information determined by methods other than in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The Company’s management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in its analysis of the Company’s performance.

As a material part of its business plan, the Company invests in entities that generate federal income tax credits, and management believes that understanding the impact of the Company’s investment in tax credit entities is critical to understanding its financial performance on a standalone basis and in relation to its peers. Like its investments in loans and investment securities, the Company’s investment in tax credit entities generates a return for the Company. However, unlike the income generated by its loans and investment securities, or service charges or other noninterest income, which under GAAP are taken into account in the determination of income before income taxes, the return generated by the Company’s investment in tax credit entities is reflected only as a reduction of income tax expense.

Under current GAAP accounting the returns generated from the Company’s investment in tax credit entities is a component of the Company’s income tax provision, where as all of the expenses are recorded in noninterest expense. Because of the level of the Company’s investment in tax credit entities, management believes that the effect of adjusting the relevant GAAP measures to account for the returns generated by the Company’s investment in tax credit entities is meaningful to a more complete understanding of the Company’s financial performance.

Accordingly, in measuring the Company’s financial performance, in addition to financial measures that are prepared in accordance with GAAP, management utilizes a non-GAAP performance measure that adjusts

 

32


Table of Contents

noninterest income to reflect the effect of the federal income tax credits generated from the Company’s investment in tax credit entities, offset by the direct costs associated with the tax credit investments, to derive at an adjusted income before income taxes non-GAAP measure. The non-GAAP measure of adjusted income before income taxes is reconciled to the corresponding measure determined in accordance with GAAP on “Table 1 – Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Management believes that this non-GAAP financial measure should facilitate an investor’s understanding and analysis of the Company’s underlying financial performance and trends, in addition to the corresponding financial information prepared and reported in accordance with GAAP.

Tangible book value per common share and the ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets are not financial measures recognized under GAAP and, therefore, are considered non-GAAP financial measures. The Company’s management, banking regulators, many financial analysts and other investors use these non-GAAP financial measures to compare the capital adequacy of banking organizations with significant amounts of preferred equity and/or goodwill or other intangible assets, which typically stem from the use of the purchase accounting method of accounting for mergers and acquisitions. Tangible common equity, tangible assets, tangible book value per share or related measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for total shareholders’ equity, total assets, book value per share or any other measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which the Company calculates tangible common equity, tangible assets, tangible book value per share and any other related measures may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names. These non-GAAP disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for operating results determined in accordance with GAAP.

The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, income before income taxes (on a GAAP basis) to income before income taxes adjusted for investments in federal tax credit programs, shareholders’ equity (on a GAAP basis) to tangible common equity and total assets (on a GAAP basis) to tangible assets and calculates tangible book value per share.

 

33


Table of Contents

TABLE 1-RECONCILIATIONS OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

 

     As of and for the Years Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands, except per share data)    2013     2012     2011  

Income before income taxes:

      

Income before income taxes (GAAP)

   $ 21,160      $ 21,885      $ 14,341   

Noninterest expense adjustments(1)

      

Tax credit investment amortization(2)

     8,639        4,808        2,868   

Other direct expenses(3)

     1,156        1,041        801   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes before the impact of tax credit related activities (Non-GAAP)

     30,955        27,734        18,010   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax equivalent income associated with investment in federal tax credit programs

     40,618        22,051        15,432   

Less: Direct expenses associated with investment in federal tax credit programs

     (9,795     (5,849     (3,669
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income related to investment in federal tax credit programs

     30,823        16,202        11,763   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes (Non-GAAP)

     61,778        43,936        29,773   

Income tax expense-adjusted (Non-GAAP)(4)

     (20,867     (14,486     (10,025
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (GAAP)

   $ 40,911      $ 29,450      $ 19,748   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible equity and asset calculations:

      

Total equity (GAAP)

   $ 381,859      $ 248,102      $ 223,516   

Adjustments

      

Preferred equity

     42,406        49,166        58,517   

Goodwill

     4,808        4,808        4,808   

Other intangibles

     3,625        3,874        4,172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity

     331,020        190,254        156,019   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets (GAAP)

     3,286,617        2,670,867        2,216,456   

Adjustments

      

Goodwill

     4,808        4,808        4,808   

Other intangibles

     3,625        3,874        4,172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible assets

     3,278,184        2,662,185        2,207,476   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total common shares

     18,514,271        13,052,583        12,153,108   

Book value per common share

   $ 18.33      $ 15.24      $ 13.58   

Effect of adjustment

     0.45        0.66        0.74   

Tangible book value per common share

     17.88        14.58        12.84   

Total equity to assets

     11.62     9.29     10.08

Effect of adjustment

     1.52        2.14        3.04   

Tangible common equity to tangible assets

     10.10        7.15        7.04   

 

(1) Noninterest expense adjustments for direct expenses related to the Company’s investment in federal tax credit programs exclude general and administrative costs associated with the Company’s investment in federal tax credit programs.
(2) Tax credit amortization represents the amount of amortization associated with the investment in federal tax credit programs over the compliance periods discussed in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements.
(3) Other direct expenses represents fees and expenses incurred as a result of the Company’s investment in federal tax credit programs.
(4) Income tax expense is calculated on the adjusted non-GAAP effective tax rate for the Company of 34%, 33% and 34%, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

34


Table of Contents

APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and with general practices within the financial services industry. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company’s estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under current circumstances. These assumptions form the basis for its judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from independent, objective sources. The Company evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. Use of alternative assumptions may have resulted in significantly different estimates. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The Company has identified the following accounting policies and estimates that, due to the difficult, subjective or complex judgments and assumptions inherent in those policies and estimates and the potential sensitivity to its financial statements to those judgments and assumptions, are critical to an understanding of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. The Company believes that the judgments, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of its financial statements are appropriate.

Allowance for Loan Losses. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses each quarter based on changes, if any, in underwriting activities, the loan portfolio composition (including product mix and geographic, industry or customer-specific concentrations), trends in loan performance, regulatory guidance and economic factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires the use of significant management estimates. Many factors can affect management’s estimates of inherent losses, including volatility of default probabilities, rating migrations, loss severity and economic and political conditions. The allowance is increased through provisions charged to operating earnings and reduced by net charge-offs.

The Company determines the amount of the allowance based on the assessment of inherent losses in the loan portfolio. The allowance recorded for commercial loans is based on reviews of individual credit relationships, an analysis of the migration of commercial loans and actual loss experience, together with qualitative factors as discussed for noncommercial loans. The allowance recorded for noncommercial loans is based on an analysis of loan mix, risk characteristics of the portfolio, delinquency and bankruptcy experiences and historical losses, adjusted for current trends, for each loan category or group of loans. The allowance for loan losses relating to impaired loans is based on the collateral for collateral-dependent loans or the discounted cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate, if not collateral dependent.

Regardless of the extent of the Company’s analysis of customer performance, portfolio trends or risk management processes, certain inherent but undetected losses are probable within the loan portfolio. This is due to several factors, including inherent delays in obtaining information regarding a customer’s financial condition or changes in their unique business conditions, the subjective nature of individual loan evaluations, collateral assessments, the interpretation of economic trends, and industry concentrations. Volatility of economic or customer-specific conditions affecting the identification and estimation of losses for larger, non-homogeneous credits and the sensitivity of assumptions utilized to establish allowances for homogenous groups of loans are among other factors. The Company estimates a range of loss factors related to the existence and severity of these exposures. The estimates are based upon the evaluation of risk associated with the commercial and consumer portfolios and the estimated impact of the current economic environment.

Fair Value Measurement. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in a principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, using assumptions market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability. An orderly transaction assumes exposure to the market for a customary period for marketing activities prior to the measurement date and not a forced liquidation or distressed sale. Fair value measurement and disclosure guidance provides a three-level hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs of valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad categories:

 

    Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

35


Table of Contents
    Level 2 – Observable inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

    Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

Fair value may be recorded for certain assets and liabilities every reporting period on a recurring basis or under certain circumstances, on a non-recurring basis. The following represents significant fair value measurements included in the financial statements based on estimates.

The Company uses interest rate derivative instruments to manage its interest rate risk. All derivative instruments are carried on the balance sheet at fair value. Fair values for over-the-counter interest rate contracts used to manage its interest rate risk are provided either by third-party dealers in the contracts or by quotes provided by independent pricing services. Information used by these third-party dealers or independent pricing services to determine fair values are considered significant other observable inputs. Credit risk is considered in determining the fair value of derivative instruments. Deterioration in the credit ratings of customers or dealers reduces the fair value of asset contracts. The reduction in fair value is recognized in earnings during the current period. Deterioration in the Company’s credit rating below investment grade would affect the fair value of its derivative liabilities. In the event of a credit down-grade, the fair value of the Company’s derivative liabilities would decrease.

The fair value of the securities portfolio is generally based on a single price for each financial instrument provided by a third-party pricing service determined by one or more of the following:

 

    Quoted prices for similar, but not identical, assets or liabilities in active markets;

 

    Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets;

 

    Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable, such as interest rate and yield curves, volatilities, prepayment speeds, loss severities, credit risks and default rates; and

 

    Other inputs derived for or corroborated by observable market inputs.

The underlying methods used by the third-party services are considered in determining the primary inputs used to determine fair values. The Company evaluates the methodologies employed by the third-party pricing services by comparing the price provided by the pricing service with other sources, including brokers’ quotes, sales or purchases of similar instruments and discounted cash flows to establish a basis for reliance on the pricing service values. Significant differences between the pricing service provided value and other sources are discussed with the pricing service to understand the basis for their values. Based on this evaluation, it can be determined that the results represent prices that would be received to sell assets or paid to transfer liabilities in orderly transaction in the current market.

The Company evaluates impaired investment securities quarterly to determine if impairments are temporary or other-than-temporary. For impaired debt securities, management first determines whether it intends to sell or if it is more-likely than not that it will be required to sell the impaired securities. This determination considers current and forecasted liquidity requirements, regulatory and capital requirements and securities portfolio management. All impaired debt securities that we intend to sell or that we expect to be required to sell are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and the full impairment loss is recognized as a charge against earnings.

Tax Credits. The Company invests in tax credit-motivated projects, including those generating Low-Income Housing, Federal Historic Rehabilitation and Federal New Markets Tax Credits. Federal tax credits are recorded as an offset to the income tax provision in the year in which they are earned under federal income tax law. Low-Income Housing Tax Credits are earned ratably over a period of either 10 or 15 years, beginning in the period in which rental activity commences. Federal Historic Rehabilitation Tax Credits are earned in the year that the

 

36


Table of Contents

certificate of occupancy is issued. Federal New Markets Tax Credits are earned over a seven year period in the manner described below. The credits, if not used to reduce the income on the tax return in the year of origination, can be carried forward for 20 years. For certain of the investment structures for Federal Historic Rehabilitation and Federal New Markets Tax Credits, the Company is required to reduce the tax basis of its investment in the entity used to earn the credit by the amount of the credit earned. Deferred taxes are provided in the year that the tax basis is reduced in accordance with ASC 740.

For Low-Income Housing and Federal Historic Rehabilitation Tax Credits, the Company invests in a tax credit entity, usually a limited liability company, which owns the real estate. The Company receives a 99.9% nonvoting interest in the entity that must be retained during the compliance period for the credits (15 years for Low-Income Housing credits and five years for Federal Historic Rehabilitation credits). In most cases, the interest in the entity is reduced from a 99.9% interest to a 10% to 25% interest at the end of the compliance period. Control of the tax credit entity rests in the 0.1% interest general partner, who has the power and authority to make decisions that impact economic performance of the project and is required to oversee and manage the project. Due to the lack of any voting, economic or managerial control, and due to the contractual reduction in the investment, the Company accounts for its investments by amortizing the investment over the compliance or contract period. Any potential residual value in the real estate at the end of the compliance period will be recognized upon disposition of the investment.

Federal New Markets Tax Credits are allocated to Community Development Entities, or CDEs. The CDE, in most cases, creates a special purpose subsidiary for the project through which the credits are allocated and through which the proceeds from the tax credit investor and a leverage lender, if applicable, flow through to the project, which in turn, generate the credit. The Company participates in CDEs in two ways. First, the Company organized First NBC Community Development Fund, LLC, or the Fund, to become a CDE, and the Company serves as the tax credit investor in the Fund. When a project is funded through the Fund, the Company consolidates the Fund and its special purpose subsidiaries since the Company maintains control over these entities. Second, the Company is also a limited partner in a number of limited partnerships that invest in CDEs that are not associated with the Fund. The Company has no control of these CDEs, their special purpose subsidiaries or the qualifying project entity.

Federal New Markets Tax Credits are calculated at 39% of the total project cost and earned and recognized at the rate of 5% for each of the first three years and 6% for each of the next four years. Federal tax law requires special terms benefitting the qualified project, which may include complete or partial debt forgiveness at the end of the seven-year term or below market rates. The Company expenses the cost of any benefits provided to the project over the seven-year compliance period. When First NBC Bank also has the loan, commonly called a leverage loan, to the project, it is carried on the bank’s balance sheet as a loan as it has normal credit exposure to the project and is repaid at the end of the compliance period. In general, the leverage loan has no principal payments during the compliance period, but the bank requires that the borrowers fund a sinking fund over the compliance period to achieve the same risk reduction effect as if principal were being amortized.

For Low-Income Housing, Federal Historic Rehabilitation and Federal New Markets Tax Credits transactions when the bank is the CDE, the Company maintains the risk of credit recapture if the project fails to maintain compliance with applicable standards during the compliance period. These events, although rare, are accounted for when they occur, and no such events have occurred to date.

Income Tax Accounting. The Company estimates its income taxes for each period for which a statement of income is presented. This involves estimating its actual current tax exposure, as well as assessing temporary differences resulting from differing timing of recognition of expenses, income and tax credits for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company must also assess the likelihood that any deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent that recovery is not likely, a valuation allowance must be established. Significant management judgment is required in determining income tax expense and deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

37


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation. The Company utilizes a stock-based employee compensation plan, which provides for the issuance of stock options and restricted stock. The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation in accordance with the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation. As a result, compensation cost for all share-based payments is based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with ASC 718. Compensation cost is recognized as expense over the service period, which is generally the vesting period of the options and restricted stock. The expense is reduced for estimated forfeitures over the vesting period and adjusted for actual forfeitures as they occur.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles. Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are subject to an impairment test at least annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate their value may not be recoverable. Other identifiable intangible assets that are subject to amortization are amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives, ranging from two to 12 years. These amortizable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment if circumstances indicate their value may not be recoverable.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Assets increased $615.8 million, or 23.1%, to $3.3 billion as of December 31, 2013, compared to $2.7 billion as of December 31, 2012 as the Company continued to experience strong growth in the New Orleans market area. Net loans increased $430.4 million, or 22.7%, to $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2013, compared to $1.9 billion as of December 31, 2012. During 2013, the Company transferred $95.4 million of its investment security portfolio to held to maturity. Securities totaled $372.6 million compared to $405.4 million as of December 31, 2012, a decrease of 8.1%, on the total portfolio. The Company increased its investment in short-term receivables to $246.8 million compared to $81.0 million as of December 31, 2012. Deposits increased $462.3 million, or 20.4%, to $2.7 billion as of December 31, 2013, compared to $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2012. Total shareholders’ equity increased $133.8 million, or 53.9%, to $381.9 million as of December 31, 2013, compared to $248.1 million as of December 31, 2012, primarily from the gross proceeds of the initial public offering of 4,791,667 shares of its common stock during the second quarter of 2013.

Loan Portfolio

The Company’s primary source of income is interest on loans to small-and medium-sized businesses, real estate owners in its market area and its private banking clients. The loan portfolio consists primarily of commercial loans and real estate loans secured by commercial real estate properties located in the Company’s primary market area. The Company’s loan portfolio represents the highest yielding component of its earning asset base.

The following table sets forth the amount of loans, by category, as of the respective periods.

TABLE 2-TOTAL LOANS BY LOAN TYPE

 

     As of December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

Construction

   $ 212,430         9.0   $ 168,544         8.8   $ 194,295         11.8   $ 93,798         8.4   $ 120,057         14.1

Commercial real estate

     1,128,181         47.8        988,994         51.5        805,101         48.8        577,994         52.0        424,657         50.0   

Consumer real estate

     117,653         5.0        103,516         5.4        81,663         4.9        58,802         5.3        11,369         1.3   

Commercial

     883,111         37.5        647,090         33.7        555,959         33.7        374,371         33.7        284,780         33.6   

Consumer

     16,402         0.7        14,073         0.6        14,318         0.8        7,518         0.6        7,670         1.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 2,357,777         100.0   $ 1,922,217         100.0   $ 1,651,336         100.0   $ 1,112,483         100.0   $ 848,533         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s primary focus has been on commercial real estate and commercial lending, which comprises 85% of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Although management expects continued growth with respect to the loan portfolio, it does not expect any significant changes over the

 

38


Table of Contents

foreseeable future in the composition of the loan portfolio or in the emphasis on commercial real estate and commercial lending. The Company continues to see demand for these types of loans in the markets in which it operates. Due to the continuing low level of interest rates in the economy, the Company has continued to see a shift in its portfolio mix of fixed and variable rate loans and has had to employ strategies to maintain the yield on loans.

A significant portion, $364.9 million, or 32.3%, as of December 31, 2013, compared to $345.4 million, or 34.9%, as of December 31, 2012, of the commercial real estate exposure represented loans to commercial businesses secured by owner occupied real estate which, in effect, are commercial loans with the borrowers’ real estate providing a secondary source of repayment. Commercial loans represent the second largest category of loans in the portfolio. The Company attributes its commercial loan growth primarily to the implementation of its relationship-based banking model and the success of its relationship managers in transitioning commercial banking relationships from other local financial institutions and in competing for new business from attractive small to mid-sized commercial customers located in its market for which this approach to customer service is desirable.

The following table sets forth the contractual maturity ranges, and the amount of loans with fixed and variable rates, in each maturity range.

TABLE 3-LOAN MATURITIES BY LOAN TYPE

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
(dollars in thousands)    Due Within
One Year
     After One but
Within Five
Years
     After Five
Years
     Total  

Construction

   $ 96,933       $ 91,049       $ 24,448       $ 212,430   

Commercial real estate

     269,692         785,214         73,275         1,128,181   

Consumer real estate

     27,356         48,229         42,068         117,653   

Commercial

     448,939         409,329         24,843         883,111   

Consumer

     6,181         10,086         135         16,402   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 849,101       $ 1,343,907       $ 164,769       $ 2,357,777   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts with fixed rates

   $ 223,000       $ 664,944       $ 94,943       $ 982,887   

Amounts with variable rates

     626,101         678,963         69,826         1,374,890   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 849,101       $ 1,343,907       $ 164,769       $ 2,357,777   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has seen a shift in customer demand for loans with a variable rate of interest, which is represented in the table above. The Company has 58.3% of its loan portfolio, by dollar amount, which bears a variable rate of interest and 41.7% which bears a fixed rate of interest as of December 31, 2013. Of the loans due within one year, 73.7% of the loans bear a variable rate of interest, and 26.3% bear a fixed rate of interest. Approximately 90.5% of the variable rate loans in the Company’s portfolio contain floors. In order to offset the imbalance between fixed and variable rate loans, the Company entered into a series of swaps totaling $250 million, which is further discussed in Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements. The effect of the swaps will rebalance the portfolio make-up to a more evenly balanced loan portfolio.

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans, other real estate owned and other repossessed assets. Nonperforming loans consist of loans that are on nonaccrual status and restructured loans, which are loans on which the Company has granted a concession on the interest rate or original repayment terms due to financial difficulties of the borrower. Other real estate owned consists of real property acquired through foreclosure. The Company initially records other real estate owned at the lower of carrying value or fair value, less estimated costs to sell the assets. Estimated losses that result from the ongoing periodic valuations of these assets are charged to earnings as noninterest expense in the period in which they are identified. The Company accounts for troubled debt restructurings in accordance with ASC 310, “Receivables.”

 

39


Table of Contents

The Company generally will place loans on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days past due, unless they are well secured and in the process of collection. The Company also places loans on nonaccrual status if they are less than 90 days past due if the collection of principal or interest is in doubt. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, any interest previously accrued, but not collected, is reversed from income.

Once the Company owns the property, it is maintained, marketed, rented and/or sold to repay the original loan. Historically, foreclosure trends have been low due to the seasoning of the portfolio.

Any loans that are modified or extended are reviewed for classification as a restructured loan in accordance with regulatory guidelines. The Company completes the process that outlines the modification, the reasons for the proposed modification and documents the current status of the borrower.

The following table sets forth information regarding nonperforming assets as of the dates indicated:

TABLE 4-NONPERFORMING ASSETS

 

     As of December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 16,396      $ 21,083      $ 9,017      $ 3,715      $ 5,624   

Restructured loans

     1,628        2,336        1,403        30        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

     18,024        23,419        10,420        3,745        5,624   

Other assets owned (1)

     276        —          18        —          —     

Other real estate owned

     3,733        8,632        7,991        6,207        2,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 22,033      $ 32,051      $ 18,429      $ 9,952      $ 8,108   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accruing loans past due 90+ days(2)

   $ 150      $ —        $ —        $ 131      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans to total loans

     0.76     1.22     0.63     0.34     0.66

Nonperforming loans to total assets

     0.55        0.88        0.47        0.26        0.52   

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     0.67        1.20        0.83        0.68        0.75   

Nonperforming assets to loans, other real estate owned and other assets owned

     0.93        1.66        1.11        0.89        0.95   

 

(1) Represents repossessed property other than real estate.
(2) In 2013, the amount represents cash secured tuition loans.

Approximately $1.0 million and $0.4 million of gross interest income would have been accrued if all loans on nonaccrual status had been current in accordance with their original terms at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

The Company’s historically strong asset quality improved during 2013. Total nonperforming assets decreased $10.0 million, or 31.3%, as compared to December 31, 2012, and total nonperforming assets as a percentage of loans and other real estate owned decreased by 73 basis points over the period. The decrease resulted from the sale of nonperforming assets and a $4.0 million partial charge-off on a commercial loan during 2013. Management believes that the Company’s historical low level of nonperforming assets reflects the strength of the local economy, as well as the Company’s long-term knowledge of and relationships with a significant percentage of its borrowers.

Potential problem loans are those loans that are not categorized as nonperforming loans, but where current information indicates that the borrower may not be able to comply with present loan repayment terms. These are generally referred to as its watch list loans. The Company monitors past due status as an indicator of credit

 

40


Table of Contents

deterioration and potential problem loans. A loan is considered past due when the contractual principal or interest due in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement remains unpaid after the due date of the scheduled payment. To the extent that loans become past due, management assesses the potential for loss on such loans as it would with other problem loans and considers the effect of any potential loss in determining its provision for probable loan losses. Management also assesses alternatives to maximize collection of any past due loans, including, without limitation, restructuring loan terms, requiring additional loan guarantee(s) or collateral or other planned action. Additional information regarding past due and potential problem loans as of December 31, 2013 is included in Note 6 to the Company’s financial statements for the periods ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 included in this report.

The following table sets forth the allocation of the Company’s nonaccrual loans among various categories within its loan portfolio as of the respective periods.

TABLE 5-NONACCRUAL LOANS

 

     As of December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  

Construction

   $ 75       $ 806       $ 2,244       $ —         $ 223   

Commercial real estate

     10,133         5,831         3,463         1,174         2,469   

Consumer real estate

     2,347         818         1,739         1,386         1,488   

Commercial

     3,784         13,556         1,489         1,103         1,434   

Consumer

     57         72         82         52         10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 16,396       $ 21,083       $ 9,017       $ 3,715       $ 5,624   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses that represents management’s best estimate of the loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. In determining the allowance for loan losses, management estimates losses on specific loans, or groups of loans, where the probable loss can be identified and reasonably determined. The balance of the allowance for loan losses is based on internally assigned risk classifications of loans, historical loan loss rates, changes in the nature of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, industry concentrations, delinquency trends, current economic factors and the estimated impact of current economic conditions on certain historical loan loss rates.

The allowance for loan losses is increased by provisions charged against earnings and reduced by net loan charge-offs. Loans are charged-off when it is determined that collection has become unlikely. Recoveries are recorded only when cash payments are received.

The allowance for loan losses was $32.1 million, or 1.36% of total loans, as of December 31, 2013, compared to $27.0 million, or 1.40% of total loans, as of December 31, 2012, a decrease of 4 basis points over the period. The decrease in allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans, was primarily attributable to the increase in net charge-offs for the first quarter of 2013 which related to the partial charge-off of one commercial loan. This loss was fully reserved at December 31, 2012 through impairment reserves established in 2012. Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans was 0.22% in 2013, compared to 0.12% in 2012.

 

41


Table of Contents

The following table provides an analysis of the allowance for loan losses and net charge-offs for the respective periods.

TABLE 6-SUMMARY OF ACTIVITY IN THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

     As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
(dollars in thousands)                               

Beginning balance

   $ 26,977      $ 18,122      $ 12,508      $ 7,889      $ 5,504   

Charge-offs:

          

Construction

     46        —          —          22        —     

Commercial real estate

     292        1,262        614        90        —     

Consumer real estate

     —          59        700        —          —     

Commercial

     4,229        1,068        864        773        27   

Consumer

     202        172        284        100        132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     4,769        2,561        2,462        985        159   

Recoveries:

          

Construction

     —          16        —          7        —     

Commercial real estate

     19        132        —          38        —     

Consumer real estate

     30        22        9        —          —     

Commercial

     68        153        10        1        45   

Consumer

     18        58        47        44        33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     135        381        66        90        78   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     4,634        2,180        2,396        895        81   

Provision for loan loss

     9,800        11,035        8,010        5,514        2,466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 32,143      $ 26,977      $ 18,122      $ 12,508      $ 7,889   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs to average loans

     0.22     0.12     0.19     0.09     0.01

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     1.36     1.40     1.10     1.12     0.93

Although management believes that the allowance for loan losses has been established in accordance with GAAP and that the allowance for loan losses was adequate to provide for known and inherent losses in the portfolio at all times shown above, future provisions will be subject to ongoing evaluations of the risks and seasoning of its loan portfolio. If the economy declines or if asset quality deteriorates, material additional provisions could be required.

The allowance for loan losses is allocated to loan categories based on the relative risk characteristics, asset classifications and actual loss experience of the loan portfolio. The following table sets forth the allocation of the total allowance for loan losses by loan type and sets forth the percentage of loans in each category to gross loans.

The allocation of the allowance for loan losses as shown in the table should neither be interpreted as an indication of future charge-offs, nor as an indication that charge-offs in future periods will necessarily occur in these amounts or in the indicated proportions.

 

42


Table of Contents

TABLE 7-ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
(dollars in thousands)    Amount      % of
Loans
    Amount      % of
Loans
    Amount      % of
Loans
    Amount      % of
Loans
    Amount      % of
Loans
 

Construction

   $ 2,790         9.0   $ 2,004         8.8   $ 722         11.8   $ 486         8.4   $ 314         14.1

Commercial real estate

     13,780         47.8        10,716         51.5        9,871         48.8        6,594         52.0        3,119         50.0   

Consumer real estate

     2,656         5.0        2,450         5.4        1,519         4.9        983         5.3        1,853         1.3   

Commercial

     12,677         37.5        11,675         33.7        5,928         33.7        4,162         33.7        2,270         33.6   

Consumer

     240         0.7        132         0.6        82         0.8        283         0.6        333         1.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 32,143         100.0   $ 26,977         100.0   $ 18,122         100.0   $ 12,508         100.0   $ 7,889         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities

The securities portfolio is used to make various term investments, maintain a source of liquidity and serve as collateral for certain types of deposits and borrowings. The Company manages its investment portfolio according to a written investment policy approved by the Board of Directors. Investment balances in the securities portfolio are subject to change over time based on the Company’s funding needs and interest rate risk management objectives. Liquidity levels take into account anticipated future cash flows and all available sources of credits and are maintained at levels management believes are appropriate to assure future flexibility in meeting anticipated funding needs.

The securities portfolio consists primarily of U.S. government agency obligations, mortgage-backed securities and municipal securities, although the Company also holds corporate bonds. All of the securities have varying contractual maturities. However, these maturities do not necessarily represent the expected life of the securities as the securities may be called or paid down without penalty prior to their stated maturities, and the targeted duration for the investment portfolios is in the three to four year range. No investment in any of these securities exceeds any applicable limitation imposed by law or regulation. The Asset Liability Committee reviews the investment portfolio on an ongoing basis to ensure that the investments conform to the Company’s investment policy. All securities as of December 31, 2013 were classified as Level 2 assets, as their fair value was estimated using pricing models or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics.

The investment portfolio consists of available for sale and held to maturity securities. During 2013, the Company transferred $95.4 million of its municipal securities and mortgage-backed securities from available for sale to held to maturity. The carrying values of the Company’s available for sale securities are adjusted for unrealized gain or loss as a valuation allowance, and any gain or loss is reported on an after-tax basis as a component of other comprehensive income. Any expected credit loss due to the inability to collect all amounts due according to the security’s contractual terms is recognized as a charge against earnings. Any remaining unrealized loss related to other factors would be recognized in other comprehensive income, net of taxes.

The Company’s investment securities portfolio totaled $372.6 million at December 31, 2013, a decrease of $32.7 million, or 8.1%, from December 31, 2012. The decrease in its securities portfolio was primarily due to the Company investing some of the proceeds from the prepayments, calls and maturities of securities to investments in short-term receivables which have a higher short-term earning yield and the increase in unrealized losses during the year due to movements in interest rates. As of December 31, 2013, the weighted-average life of the portfolio was 7.77 years compared to 5.61 years as of December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2013, investment securities having a carrying value of $204.3 million were pledged to secure public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and borrowings.

 

43


Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of the amortized cost and estimated fair value of the investment portfolio.

TABLE 8-CARRYING VALUE OF SECURITIES

 

    As of December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
(dollars in thousands)   Amortized
Cost
    Unrealized
Gain
(Loss)
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Unrealized
Gain
(Loss)
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Unrealized
Gain
(Loss)
    Estimated
Fair

Value
 

Available for sale:

                 

U.S. government agency securities

  $ 163,964      $ (12,641   $ 151,323      $ 128,665      $ 82      $ 128,747      $ 56,640      $ 17      $ 56,657   

U.S. Treasury securities

    13,022        (873     12,149        10,040        5        10,045        —          —          —     

Municipal securities

    23,240        (73     23,167        61,907        840        62,747        47,386        768        48,154   

Mortgage-backed securities

    57,010        (1,466     55,544        152,481        1,361        153,842        165,162        2,586        167,748   

Corporate bonds

    37,023        (1,487     35,536        49,912        62        49,974        44,401        (651     43,750   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale

  $ 294,259      $ (16,540   $ 277,719      $ 403,005      $ 2,350      $ 405,355      $ 313,589      $ 2,720      $ 316,309   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

                 

Municipal securities

  $ 44,294      $ (304   $ 43,990      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Mortgage-backed securities

    50,610        (3,634     46,976        —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total held to maturity

  $ 94,904      $ (3,938   $ 90,966      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, all of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities were agency securities, and the Company did not hold any Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac preferred stock, corporate equity, collateralized debt obligations, collateralized loan obligations, structured investment vehicles, private label collateralized mortgage obligations, sub-prime, Alt-A, or second lien elements in the investment portfolio.

 

44


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the fair value, maturities and approximated weighted average yield based on estimated annual income divided by the average amortized cost of our securities portfolio at December 31, 2013. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

TABLE 9-SECURITIES MATURITIES AND WEIGHTED AVERAGE YIELD

 

    As of December 31, 2013  
    Due Within One Year     After One but
Within Five Years
    After Five but Within
Ten Years
    After Ten Years     Total  
(dollars in thousands)   Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield  

Available for sale:

                   

U.S. government agency securities

  $ 7,002        0.16   $ 8,552        1.80   $ 122,264        2.61   $ 13,505        2.80   $ 151,323        2.50

U.S. Treasury securities

    —          —          —          —          12,149        1.10        —          —          12,149        1.10   

Municipal securities

    2,923        1.57        20,244        2.27        —          —          —          —          23,167        2.17   

Mortgage-backed securities

    2,443        2.46        27,778        2.82        21,182        2.23        4,141        3.18        55,544        2.22   

Corporate bonds

    —          —          8,464        2.60        12,648        3.16        14,424        3.58        35,536        3.22   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total available for sale

  $ 12,368        1.39   $ 65,038        2.58   $ 168,243        2.12   $ 32,070        3.17   $ 277,719        2.30
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Held to maturity:

                   

Municipal securities

  $ 1,007        1.76   $ 5,574        2.34   $ 33,760        3.68   $ 3,953        2.80   $ 44,294        3.62

Mortgage-backed securities

    —          —          12,527        2.71        3,831        4.51        34,252        3.32        50,610        3.26   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total held to maturity

  $ 1,007        1.76   $ 18,101        2.60   $ 37,591        3.70   $ 38,205        3.41   $ 94,904        3.35
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

The following table summarizes activity in the Company’s securities portfolio during 2013.

TABLE 10-SECURITIES PORTFOLIO ACTIVITY

 

(dollars in thousands)    Available
for Sale
    Held to
Maturity
 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 403,005      $ —     

Transfers of securities

     (101,928     101,928   

Purchases

     132,123        —     

Sales

     (45,315     —     

Principal maturities, prepayments and calls

     (91,328     (1,013

Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts

     (2,298     (6,011

Decrease in market value

     (16,540     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

   $ 277,719      $ 94,904   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The funds generated as a result of sales and prepayments are used to fund loan growth and purchase other securities. The Company monitors the market conditions to take advantage of market opportunities with the appropriate interest rate risk management objectives.

Investment in Short-term Receivables

The Company invests in short-term trade receivables. These receivables are traded on an exchange and are covered by a repurchase agreement of the seller of the receivables, if not paid within a specified period of time.

 

45


Table of Contents

The Company invests in these receivables since they provide a higher short-term return for the Company. The Company had $246.8 million invested in short-term receivables at December 31, 2013, an increase of $165.8 million over the prior year.

Short-term Investments

Short-term investments result from excess funds that fluctuate daily depending on the funding needs of the Company and are currently invested overnight in interest-bearing deposit accounts at the Federal Reserve of Atlanta, First National Bankers Bank, JP Morgan Chase Bank, and Comerica Bank. The balance in interest-bearing deposits at other institutions decreased $6.0 million to $3.5 million at December 31, 2013, from $9.5 million at December 31, 2012. The primary cause of the decrease at December 31, 2013 was the shift in overnight investments to investments in short-term receivables. The Company’s cash activity is further discussed in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below.

Investment in Tax Credit Entities

During 2013, the Company’s Community Development Entity (CDE), was awarded a $50 million allocation of Federal New Market Tax Credits to invest in new economic development projects in the New Orleans area. The allocation represents a 25% increase over the prior year allocation of $40 million and increased total allocations under the program to $118 million. Also, during 2013, the Company’s CDE was awarded $23.9 million in qualified equity investment authority from the State of Louisiana under the Louisiana New Markets Job Act. The Company has made and will continue to make material investments in tax credit-motivated projects. Management believes that these investments present attractive after tax economic returns, furthers the Company’s Community Reinvestment Act responsibilities and supports the communities in which the Company serves. Currently, the investments are directed at tax credits issued under the Federal New Markets Tax Credits, Federal Historic Rehabilitation Tax Credit and Low-Income Housing Tax Credit programs. The Company generates returns on tax credit-motivated projects through the receipt of federal and, if applicable, state tax credits. The Company’s investment in tax credit entities totaled $117.7 million as of December 31, 2013, an increase of $50.3 million, or 74.6%, compared to December 31, 2012. The Company’s increased investment was due to the additional qualified equity investment authority it was awarded during 2013. The Company has seen increasing demand in its markets for investment in tax credit projects. Because the Low-Income Housing and Federal New Markets Tax Credits associated with the Company’s investments in tax credit entities are recognized over the compliance periods of the respective projects, which range from seven to 15 years, projects for which an investment was made during 2013 from the Company’s own tax credit allocation substantially increased the Company’s supply of tax credits recognizable over future periods. However, the absence of future awards does not eliminate the Company’s ability to invest in projects generating federal tax credits.

Cash Surrender Value of Bank-Owned Life Insurance

At December 31, 2013, the Company maintained investments of $26.2 million in bank-owned life insurance products due to its attractive risk-adjusted return and protection against the loss of key executives, as compared to $25.5 million and $24.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The tax equivalent yield on these products was 4.05%, 4.59% and 5.00% for the years ending December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Deferred Tax Asset

The Company had a net deferred tax asset of $51.2 million as of December 31, 2013 due to its tax net operating loss carryforward, carryforwards related to unused tax credits, and the non-deductibility of the loan loss provision for tax purposes. The Company assesses the recoverability of its deferred tax asset quarterly, and the current and projected level of taxable income provides for the ultimate realization of the carrying value of these deferred tax assets. Net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 increased $34.6 million, primarily as a result of $26.4 million in tax credits generated during 2013, a net operating loss received in a loan workout of $6.9 million, and a net benefit of $7.3 million related to other comprehensive income market value adjustments.

 

46


Table of Contents

Other Assets

Other assets, consisting primarily of prepaid expenses and software, totaled $23.8 million as of December 31, 2013, as compared to $20.9 million and $22.5 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Deposits

Deposits are the Company’s primary source of funds to support earning assets. Total deposits were $2.7 billion at December 31, 2013, compared to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2012, an increase of $462.3 million, or 20.4%, as total interest-bearing deposits were up $410.7 million, or 20.2%. The Company attributes its continued deposit growth to a number of factors, primarily its core principle of developing and maintaining long-term relationships between the relationship banker and their customers through high quality service, relationship-based pricing model, which provides for pricing enhancements based on a customer’s multiple relationships with the Company and the Company’s commitment to the communities in which it serves. The increase was also positively impacted by the Company’s ability to grow deposits to $645.3 million, an increase of $301.3 million, in the markets acquired in 2011 from Central Progressive Bank.

The following table sets forth the composition of the Company’s deposits over the last three years.

TABLE 11-DEPOSIT COMPOSITION BY PRODUCT

 

     As of December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 291,080         10.7   $ 239,538         10.6   $ 221,423         11.6

NOW accounts

     511,620         18.7        437,542         19.3        258,073         13.6   

Money market deposits

     655,173         24.0        410,928         18.1        398,838         21.0   

Savings deposits

     53,779         2.0        45,295         2.0        40,380         2.1   

Certificates of deposits

     1,219,155         44.6        1,135,225         50.0        983,296         51.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 2,730,807         100.0   $ 2,268,528         100.0   $ 1,902,010         100.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year, the Company implemented a tiered pricing model for some of its deposit products, which resulted in a shift in the mix of the Company’s deposits compared to the prior year. The money market deposit balance increased $244.2 million, or 59.4%, compared to the prior year. In 2013, money market demand deposits comprised 24.0% of the deposit balance, an increase over the prior year in which it comprised 18.1% of the total deposit balance. The balance of NOW accounts increased $74.1 million, or 16.9%, compared to the prior year; however, it comprised 18.7% of the deposit balance compared to 19.3% in the prior year.

The following table presents the remaining maturities of the Company’s certificates of deposits at December 31, 2013.

TABLE 12-REMAINING MATURITIES OF CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
(dollars in thousands)    Less than
$100,000
     $100,000 or
Greater
     CDARS®      Total  

3 months or less

   $ 42,061       $ 66,767       $ 59,080       $ 167,908   

3-12 months

     125,834         163,522         93,436         382,792   

12-36 months

     174,126         284,610         17,944         476,680   

More than 36 months

     44,757         147,018         —           191,775   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 386,778       $ 661,917       $ 170,460       $ 1,219,155   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term Borrowings

Although deposits are the primary source of funds for lending, investment activities and general business purposes, the Company may obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas, sell investment securities subject to its obligation to repurchase them, purchase Federal funds, and engage in overnight

 

47


Table of Contents

borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank or its correspondent banks as an alternative source of liquidity. The level of short-term borrowings can fluctuate on a daily basis depending on the funding needs and the source of funds to satisfy the needs. The Company had short-term borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2013 of $8.4 million a decrease of $13.4 million, or 61.4%, compared to December 31, 2012.

The Company also enters into repurchase agreements to facilitate customer transactions that are accounted for as secured borrowings. These transactions typically involve the receipt of deposits from customers that the Company collateralizes with its investment portfolio and had weighted average rates of 1.49% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The following table details the average and ending balances of repurchase transactions as of and for the years ending December 31:

TABLE 13-REPURCHASE TRANSACTIONS

 

(dollars in thousands)    2013      2012  

Average balance

   $ 68,799       $ 39,725   

Ending balance

     75,957         36,287   

Long-term Borrowings

The Company’s long-term borrowings consist of four-year term debt that was issued in 2010 and 2011, at the bank level in connection with the Company’s asset/liability management as a hedge against rising interest rates. The interest related to the debt issuances is tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, and includes an interest rate cap to fix the rate at specified levels as the index rate rises.

Shareholders’ Equity

Shareholders’ equity provides a source of permanent funding, allows for future growth and provides the Company with a cushion to withstand unforeseen adverse developments. Shareholders’ equity increased $133.8 million, or 53.9%, from $248.1 million as of December 31, 2012 to $381.9 million as of December 31, 2013, primarily as a result of the Company’s initial public offering of $115.0 million and retained earnings over the period.

Regulatory Capital

As of December 31, 2013, the Company and First NBC Bank were in compliance with all regulatory requirements and First NBC Bank was classified as “well capitalized” for purposes of the FDIC’s prompt corrective action requirements.

The following table presents the actual capital amounts and regulatory capital ratios for the Company and First NBC Bank as of December 31, 2013.

TABLE 14-REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS

 

     “Well-
Capitalized”
Minimums
    At December 31, 2013      At December 31, 2012  
         
(dollars in thousands)      Actual     Amount      Actual     Amount  

First NBC Bank Holding Company

           

Leverage

       11.76   $ 375,355         9.04   $ 243,791   

Tier 1 risk-based

       13.26        375,355         11.26        243,791   

Total risk-based

       14.40        407,648         12.51        270,810   

First NBC Bank

           

Leverage

     5.00     10.96   $ 349,104         9.91   $ 256,848   

Tier 1 risk-based

     6.00        12.34        349,104         11.88        256,848   

Total risk-based

     10.00        13.48        381,396         13.13        283,867   

 

48


Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Income available to common shareholders was $40.6 million, $28.4 million, and $18.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Earnings per share on a diluted basis were $2.32 for 2013, $2.02 for 2012, and $1.54 for 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2013, net interest income increased $10.1 million, or 13.5%, over the same period of 2012, as interest income increased $17.6 million, or 16.5%, and interest expense increased $7.5 million, or 23.6%. The increase in interest income of $17.6 million, compared to the same period of 2012, was due to an increase in average interest-earning assets of $506.3 million, which increased interest income to $23.4 million; this was partially offset by a decrease of $5.5 million in interest income due to a decrease in interest rates of 24 basis points. Net interest income was also impacted by an increase in interest expense of $7.5 million in 2013 compared to 2012, although the yield on interest-bearing liabilities remained flat compared to the prior year this was despite an increase from the prior year in average interest-bearing liabilities of $458.5 million.

The following discussion provides additional information on the Company’s operating results for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, segregated by major income statement captions.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income, the primary contributor to the Company’s earnings, represents the difference between the income that the Company earns on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends upon the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on them. Net interest income is affected by changes in the amount and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, referred to as “volume changes.” It is also affected by changes in yields earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing deposits and other borrowed funds, referred to as “rate changes.”

The Company’s net interest spread, which is the difference between the yields earned on average earning assets and the rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities, was 2.91%, 3.15%, and 3.19% during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The Company’s net interest margin, which is net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets, was 3.11%, 3.36%, and 3.44%, respectively for the same periods. The net interest spread and net interest margin were primarily impacted in 2013 and 2012 by the shift in the proportion of the Company’s loan portfolio to more floating rate loans from fixed rate loans.

Net interest income increased 13.5% to $84.9 million in 2013, compared to $74.8 million in 2012. The primary driver of the increase in net interest income was a $17.6 million, or 16.5%, increase in interest income during 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012, which was partially offset by a $7.5 million, or 23.6%, increase in interest expense over the same periods. The increase in interest income was due primarily to the significant growth in average interest-earning assets during 2013 to $2.7 billion, an increase of $506.3 million compared 2012, although the yield on earning assets trended down. The yield on earning assets decreased 24 basis points compared to 2012 which was offset by an increase in the investment securities yield of 15 basis points. The yield on earning assets decreased 39 basis points in 2012 compared to 2011. The decrease in the earning asset yield was due to a combination of factors, including an increase in the proportion of the loan portfolio represented by floating rate loans, increases in investment securities and investment in short-term receivables as a percentage of total assets, which carry lower average yields compared to loans. The percentage of loans to average interest-earning assets was 77.5% in 2013, compared to 79.7% in 2012, and 82.1% in 2011.

During September 2013, the Company executed a $250 million receive fixed swap agreement on a portion of its floating rate loan portfolio to hedge exposure to the impact of the loans with variable rates in its loan portfolio. The Company’s loan mix has shifted to more floating rate loans and has lowered its overall earning asset yield. In an effort to increase its earning asset yield, while still meeting the needs of its customers, the Company entered into the hedge. The Company began receiving fixed payments on the hedge at inception. For the year ended 2013, the hedge increased the loan yield by 4 basis points. The execution of the hedge is expected to have a positive impact on the net interest margin in future periods.

 

49


Table of Contents

The increase in interest expense was due primarily to an increase in average interest-bearing deposits in 2013 to $2.3 billion, as compared to $1.8 billion for the same period in 2012, as well as the general mix of the average interest-bearing liabilities, as the average rate on average interest-bearing liabilities was flat for 2013 and 2012. The growth in earning assets and deposits was attributable to the continued implementation of the Company’s organic growth strategy as its existing branches continued to increase market share in their respective markets.

Also, during the third and fourth quarter of 2013 the Company began shifting its interest-bearing deposits to tiered rates and pricing and management will continue to focus efforts to lower its cost of funds without compromising its strategic goal of relationship-based pricing for its customers.

The following tables present, for the periods indicated, the distribution of average assets, liabilities and equity, interest income and resulting yields earned on average interest-earning assets and interest expense and rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities. Nonaccrual loans are included in the calculation of the average loan balances and interest on nonaccrual loans is included only to the extent recognized on a cash basis.

TABLE 15-AVERAGE BALANCES, NET INTEREST INCOME AND INTEREST YIELDS/RATES

 

    2013     2012     2011  
(dollars in thousands)   Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/
Rate
 

Assets:

                 

Interest-earning assets:

                 

Short-term investments

  $ 67,327      $ 145        0.22   $ 66,525      $ 144        0.22   $ 81,485      $ 168        0.21

Investment in short-term receivables

    169,541        4,449        2.62        61,172        2,060        3.37        3,620        138        3.81   

Investment securities

    378,671        8,170        2.16        323,835        6,499        2.01        188,961        3,938        2.08   

Loans (including fee income)

    2,117,748        111,260        5.25        1,775,436        97,754        5.51        1,254,201        74,770        5.96   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

    2,733,287        124,024        4.54        2,226,968        106,457        4.78        1,528,267        79,014        5.17   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

    (28,523         (21,386         (14,090    

Noninterest-earning assets

    279,896            216,765            141,945       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

    2,984,660          $ 2,422,347          $ 1,656,122       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:

                 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Savings deposits

  $ 50,269        325        0.65   $ 41,700      $ 263        0.63   $ 14,937      $ 121        0.81

Money market deposits

    455,918        6,757        1.48        397,818        6,433        1.62        331,188        5,807        1.75   

NOW accounts

    521,721        6,665        1.28        329,691        4,104        1.24        155,435        1,696        1.09   

Certificates of deposit under $100,000

    418,525        6,563        1.57        446,675        6,937        1.55        314,386        6,931        2.20   

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

    637,541        12,171        1.91        513,865        9,145        1.78        348,583        7,654        2.20   

CDARS®

    171,799        3,758        2.19        111,399        2,715        2.44        103,409        2,676        2.59   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

    2,255,773        36,239        1.61        1,841,148        29,597        1.61        1,267,938        24,885        1.96   

Short-term borrowings and repurchase agreements

    69,971        1,022        1.46        40,343        592        1.47        29,027        448        1.54   

Other borrowings

    70,838        1,887        2.66        56,575        1,477        2.61        37,340        1,034        2.77   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    2,396,582        39,148        1.63        1,938,066        31,666        1.63        1,334,305        26,367        1.98   

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

    239,559            229,102            133,204       

Other liabilities

    24,565            20,962            15,781       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities

    2,660,706            2,188,130            1,483,290       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Shareholders’ equity

    323,954            234,217            172,832       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 2,984,660          $ 2,422,347          $ 1,656,122       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income

    $ 84,876          $ 74,791          $ 52,647     
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest spread(1)

        2.91         3.15         3.19

Net interest margin(2)

        3.11         3.36         3.44

 

(1)  Net interest spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.
(2)  Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

 

50


Table of Contents

The following tables analyze the dollar amount of change in interest income and interest expense with respect to the primary components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The tables show the amount of the change in interest income or interest expense caused by either changes in outstanding balances or changes in interest rates. The effect of a change in balances is measured by applying the average rate during the first period to the balance (“volume”) change between the two periods. The effect of changes in rate is measured by applying the change in rate between the two periods to the average volume during the first period. Changes attributable to both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionately to the absolute value of the change due to volume and the change due to rate. Changes attributable to the additional leap year day during 2012 are reflected in the number of days column.

TABLE 16-SUMMARY OF CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2013 Over 2012     2012 Over 2011  
    Increase/(Decrease) Due to Change In     Increase/(Decrease) Due to Change In  
(dollars in thousands)   Volume     Rate     Number
of Days
    Total     Volume     Rate     Number
of Days
    Total  

Interest-earning assets:

               

Loans (including fee income)

  $ 18,861      $ (5,065   $ (290   $ 13,506      $ 30,331      $ (7,630   $ 282      $ 22,983   

Short-term investments

    2        (1     —          1        (31     8        —          (23

Investment in short-term receivables

    3,409        (1,010     (10     2,389        2,163        (247     6        1,922   

Securities available for sale

    1,143        551        (23     1,671        2,774        (231     18        2,561   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total increase (decrease) in interest income

  $ 23,415      $ (5,525   $ (323   $ 17,567      $ 35,237      $ (8,100   $ 306      $ 27,443   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

               

Savings deposits

  $ 55      $ 8      $ (1   $ 62      $ 201      $ (60   $ 1      $ 142   

Money market deposits

    917        (576     (17     324        1,126        (518     18        626   

NOW accounts

    2,412        168        (19     2,561        1,944        454        10        2,408   

Certificates of deposit

    3,282        474        (61     3,695        5,922        (4,444     58        1,536   

Borrowed funds

    816        32        (8     840        696        (115     6        587   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total increase (decrease) in interest expense

  $ 7,482      $ 106      $ (106   $ 7,482      $ 9,889      $ (4,683   $ 93      $ 5,299   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in net interest income

  $ 15,933      $ (5,631   $ (217   $ 10,085      $ 25,348      $ (3,417   $ 213      $ 22,144   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses represents management’s determination of the amount necessary to be charged against the current period’s earnings to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level that is considered adequate in relation to the estimated losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The Company assesses the allowance for loan losses monthly and makes provisions for loan losses as deemed appropriate.

The Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $9.8 million, a decrease of 11.2% from the same period in 2012. The provision in the prior year was impacted by one credit relationship of $11.2 million, which required a $4 million reserve due to its impairment in 2012. The Company believes that the allowance for loan losses was appropriate at December 31, 2013 and 2012 to cover incurred losses in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses to total loans decreased to 1.36% at December 31, 2013 compared to 1.40% at December 31, 2012.

 

51


Table of Contents

Noninterest Income

For the year ended December 31, 2013, noninterest income was $13.4 million, compared to $13.1 million and $6.0 million for the same periods in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Noninterest income excluding securities gains was $13.1 million in 2013, compared to $8.8 million and $5.5 million for the same periods in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Noninterest income was positively impacted by increases in income from sales of state tax credits to $2.8 million, compared to $0.6 million in 2012, and from CDE fees of $2.9 million, compared to $1.1 million in 2012.

The following table presents the components of noninterest income for the years indicated.

TABLE 17-NONINTEREST INCOME

 

(dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
    2011     Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
 

Service charges on deposit accounts

   $ 2,027       $ 2,486         (18 )%    $ 1,577        29

Investment securities gain, net

     316         4,324         (93     485        (35

Gain (loss) on assets sold, net

     1,071         500         NM        (147     NM   

Gain on sale of loans, net

     835         603         38        779        7   

Cash surrender value income on bank-owned life insurance

     681         750         (9     621        10   

Income from sale of state tax credits

     2,785         578         NM        951        NM   

Community Development Entity fees

     2,875         1,136         NM        670        NM   

ATM fee income

     1,859         1,686         10        500        NM   

Other

     967         1,073         (10     515        88   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   $ 13,416       $ 13,136         2   $ 5,951        NM   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts. The Company earns fees from its customers for deposit-related services, and these fees comprise a significant and predictable component of the Company’s noninterest income. These charges decreased $0.5 million in 2013 over the prior year and increased $0.9 million between 2012 and 2011. In 2013, the decrease in fees was attributable to the conversion of the deposit accounts acquired from Central Progressive Bank to First NBC Bank’s system, which generally resulted in lower fees charged to former Central Progressive Bank customers. The increase in 2012 compared to 2011 was due to the completion of the CPB acquisition in which the deposit accounts acquired generally had high activity and lower average balances resulting in higher fee income.

Investment securities gain. The Company experienced a decrease in investment securities gains of $4.0 million in 2013 compared to 2012. In 2012, the Company elected to sell certain securities after considering reinvestment opportunities. These sales resulted in realized gains the Company believes were attributable to the decline in the market interest rates due in part to the financial distress occurring in Europe.

Gain (loss) on assets sold, net. The increase of $0.6 million in 2013 compared to 2012 was due primarily to the gain on sale of other real estate owned in 2013 of $1.1 million, compared to a gain on sale of other real estate owned in 2012 of $0.5 million.

Gain on sale of loans. In 2013, the gain on sale of loans, net increased $0.2 million compared to 2012, primarily due to the sale of acquired impaired loans of $0.3 million, offset by a decrease of $0.1 million in sales of loans guaranteed by the Small Business Administration. The Company has historically been an active participant in Small Business Administration and USDA loan programs as a preferred lender and typically sells the guaranteed portion of the loans that it originates. The decrease is due primarily to one large USDA loan sold in the prior year. The Company believes these government guaranteed loan programs are an important part of its service to the businesses in its communities and expects to continue expanding its efforts and income related to these programs.

 

52


Table of Contents

Cash surrender value income on bank-owned life insurance. The income earned from bank-owned life insurance decreased 9% compared to the prior year, but increased in 2012 compared to 2011, which was consistent with market performance and current yields.

Income from sales of state tax credits. As part of the Company’s investment in projects that generate federal income tax credits, the Company may receive state tax credits along with federal credits. Although the Company cannot utilize state tax credits, the Company earns income on the sale of state tax credits. The increase of $2.2 million in 2013 compared to 2012, was due primarily to the $1.5 million in syndication fees in income from sales of state tax credits generated from the $23.9 million in qualified equity investment that the Company was awarded under the State of Louisiana New Markets Jobs Act in 2013.

Community Development Entity fees. The Company earns management fees, through its subsidiary CDE, First NBC Community Development Fund, LLC, related to the Fund’s Federal New Markets Tax Credits investments. The Company recognizes the management fees when they are earned. The fees are earned at the time that qualified equity investments are made and over the seven year term of the investment. The increase was $1.7 million in 2013 compared to 2012 and $0.5 million in 2012 compared to 2011. The increase was due to the increase in the Federal New Markets Tax Credits allocation the Company received in 2013 of $50 million, compared to $40 million in 2012 and $28 million in 2011. Management expects these management fees to grow as it increases the Fund’s Federal New Markets Tax Credits investments. However, these fees are contingent on the timing and receipt of the award from the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund of the U.S. Treasury and the amount of the allocation awarded.

ATM fee income. This category includes income generated by automated teller machines, or ATMs. The income earned from ATMs increased for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. The increase between 2012 and 2011 was due to the acquisition of Central Progressive Bank.

Other. This category includes a variety of other income producing activities, including income generated from trust services, credit cards and wire transfers.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense consists primarily of salary and employee benefits, occupancy and other expenses related to the Company’s operation and expansion. Noninterest expense increased by $12.3 million, or 22.4%, in 2013 compared to 2012 and $18.8 million, or 51.8%, in 2012 compared to 2011. The increase in 2013 was due primarily to the Company’s continued growth, increased professional fees associated with its initial public offering, and increase in tax credit investment amortization due to the increase in tax credit activity.

The following table presents the components of noninterest expense for the years indicated.

TABLE 18-NONINTEREST EXPENSE

 

(dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
    2011      Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
 

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 23,812       $ 20,307         17   $ 11,996         98

Occupancy and equipment expenses

     10,204         9,755         5        6,428         59   

Professional fees

     6,929         3,269         NM        3,969         75   

Taxes, licenses and FDIC assessments

     4,245         3,258         30        2,661         60   

Tax credit investment amortization

     8,639         4,808         80        2,868         NM   

Write-down of other real estate

     225         295         (24     1,212         (81

Data processing

     4,219         4,485         (6     2,308         83   

Advertising and marketing

     2,427         1,904         27        1,292         88   

Other

     6,632         6,926         (4     3,513         89   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   $ 67,332       $ 55,007         22   $ 36,247         86
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents

Salaries and employee benefits. Salaries and employee benefits are the largest component of noninterest expense and include employee payroll expense, the cost of incentive compensation, benefit plans, health insurance and payroll taxes, all of which have increased in each of the past three years as the Company has hired more employees and expanded its banking operations, branch network and transaction volumes. These expenses increased $3.5 million, or 17.3%, during 2013 and $8.3 million, or 69.3%, during 2012, as a result of new personnel added to support higher levels of assets, loan origination, deposit growth and wealth management activities. The Company had 494 full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2013, compared to 433 employees as of December 31, 2012, and 390 employees as of December 31, 2011. The increase in salaries and employee benefits during 2013 was also attributable to an increase in salary levels and an increase in employee bonuses attributable to the Company’s increasing profitability.

Occupancy and equipment expenses. Occupancy and equipment expenses, consisting primarily of rent and depreciation, were $10.2 million, an increase of $0.4 million, or 4.6%, from $9.8 million in 2012. In 2013, the Company opened one additional branch compared to the prior year where the Company relocated several existing branch offices into more attractive locations. In 2011, the Company acquired 17 branches from the Central Progressive Bank acquisition, which occurred during the fourth quarter of that year. The level of the Company’s occupancy expenses is related to the number of branch offices that it maintains, and management expects that these expenses will increase as the Company continues to implement its strategic growth plan.

Professional fees. Professional fees include fees paid to external auditors, loan review professionals and other consultants, as well as legal services required to complete transactions and resolve legal matters on delinquent loans. These fees increased to $6.9 million, compared to $3.3 million for the same period of 2012. The increase in professional fees in 2013 was due to increases in external audit cost of $0.3 million, CDE management fees of $0.8 million, expenses related to its investments in short-term receivables of $0.8 million and CDE consulting fees of $1.2 million. CDE management and consulting fees are expected to continue to increase in future periods as the Company continues to increase its investment in tax credit projects.

Taxes, licenses and FDIC assessments. The Company’s FDIC insurance premiums and assessments comprise the largest component of this category. The expenses related to taxes, licenses and FDIC insurance premiums and assessments were higher in 2013. The increase was $1.0 million, or 30.3%, compared to 2012. The increase in 2012 compared to 2011 was $0.6 million, or 22.4%. The increases in 2012 and 2013 were primarily attributable to the continued growth of the Company’s deposits.

Tax credit investment amortization. Tax credit investment amortization reflects amortization of investments in entities that undertake projects that qualify for tax credits against federal income taxes. At this time, investments are directed at tax credits issued under the Federal New Markets, Federal Historic Rehabilitation and Low-Income Housing Tax Credit programs. The Company amortizes investments related to Federal New Markets Tax Credits, Federal Historic Rehabilitation and Low-Income Housing Tax Credits over the period the Company is required by tax law (compliance period) or contract to maintain its 99.99% ownership interest in the entity. These periods are 15 years for Low-Income Housing projects, 7 years for Federal New Markets projects and 10 years for Federal Historic Rehabilitation projects.

The following table presents the amortization of tax credit investments for the respective periods.

TABLE 19-TAX CREDIT AMORTIZATION BY CREDIT TYPE

 

       For the Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)      2013        2012        2011  

Tax credit amortization

     $ 8,639         $ 4,808         $ 2,868   

The significant increases in amortization expense reflect the increase in the level of activity throughout the three year period in which the Company invested in additional projects. The amortization periods are discussed further in Note 12 of the Company’s financial statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

Data processing. Data processing expenses were generally flat in 2013 compared to 2012. The increase in 2012 compared to 2011 was due to the Central Progressive Bank acquisition.

Other. These expenses include costs related to insurance, customer service, communications, supplies and other operations. The increase in other noninterest expense over the periods shown was primarily attributable to an increase in categories of other noninterest expenses proportional to the overall growth and an increase in transaction volume and number of customers resulting from the Company’s organic growth.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes varies due to the amount of income recognized for generally accepted accounting principles and tax purposes and as a result of the tax benefits derived from the Company’s investments in tax-advantaged securities and tax credit projects. The Company engages in material investments in entities that are designed to generate tax credits, which it utilizes to reduce its current and future taxes. These credits are recognized when earned as a benefit in the provision for income taxes.

The Company recognized an income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $19.8 million, compared to $7.6 million for the same period in 2012. The increase in income tax benefit for the periods presented was due primarily to the significant increase in tax credit investment activity in 2013 compared to 2012.

The Company expects to experience an effective tax rate below the statutory rate of 35% due primarily to the receipt of Federal New Markets Tax Credits, Low-Income Housing Tax Credits and Federal Historic Rehabilitation Tax Credits.

The following table presents the reconciliation of expected income tax provisions using statutory federal rates to actual benefit for income taxes recognized.

TABLE 20-RECONCILIATION OF INCOME TAX PROVISION

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Tax expense at statutory rates

   $ 7,406      $ 7,481      $ 5,019   

Tax credits:

      

Low Income Housing

     (3,700     (2,480     (2,818

Federal Historic Rehabilitation

     (10,497     (3,241     (2,442

Federal New Markets

     (14,224     (11,379     (7,882
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax credits

     (28,421     (17,100     (13,142

Tax credit basis reduction

     2,019        2,767        3,112   

Tax exempt income

     (832     (655     (509

Change in statutory rate

     —          —          293   

Other

     77        (58     (180
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit for income taxes

   $ (19,751   $ (7,565   $ (5,407
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Although the Company’s ability to continue to access new tax credits in the future will depend, among other factors, on federal and state tax policies, as well as the level of competition for future tax credits, the Company expects to generate the following levels of tax credits over the next six calendar years based only on Federal New Markets Tax Credits and the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit investments that have been made.

 

55


Table of Contents

TABLE 21-FUTURE TAX CREDITS

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2014      2015      2016      2017      2018      2019  

Federal New Markets

   $ 15,232       $ 15,599       $ 15,122       $ 13,052       $ 7,002       $ 3,000   

Low-Income Housing

     4,656         5,698         5,698         5,698         5,698         5,698   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tax credits

   $ 19,888       $ 21,297       $ 20,820       $ 18,750       $ 12,700       $ 8,698   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liquidity and Other Off-Balance Sheet Activities

Liquidity refers to the Company’s ability to maintain cash flow that is adequate to fund operations and meet present and future financial obligations through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or by obtaining additional funding through liability management. Management believes that the sources of available liquidity were adequate as of December 31, 2013 to meet all reasonably foreseeable short-term and intermediate-term demands.

The Company evaluates liquidity both at the parent company level and at the bank level. Because First NBC Bank represents the Company’s only material asset, the primary sources of funds at the parent company level are cash on hand, dividends paid to the Company from First NBC Bank and the net proceeds of capital offerings. The primary sources of funds at First NBC Bank are deposits, short and long-term funding from the Federal Home Loan Bank or other financial institutions, and principal and interest payments on loans and securities. While maturities and scheduled payments on loans and securities provide an indication of the timing of the receipt of funds, other sources of funds such as loan prepayments and deposit inflows are less predictable as they depend on the effects of changes in interest rates, economic conditions and competition. The primary investing activities are the origination of loans and the purchase of investment securities. If necessary, First NBC Bank has the ability to raise liquidity through additional collateralized borrowings, FHLB advances or the sale of its available-for-sale investment portfolio.

Investing activities are funded primarily by net deposit inflows, principal repayments on loans and securities, and borrowed funds. Gross loans increased to $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2013, from $1.9 billion as of December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, First NBC Bank had commitments to make loans of approximately $375.2 million and un-advanced lines of credit and loans of approximately $268.8 million. The Company anticipates that First NBC Bank will have sufficient funds available to meet its current loan originations and other commitments.

At December 31, 2013, total deposits were approximately $2.7 billion, of which approximately $820.4 million were in certificates of deposits of $100,000 or more. Certificates of deposits scheduled to mature in one year or less as of December 31, 2013 totaled approximately $550.7 million while certificates of deposits of $100,000 or more with a maturity of one year or less totaled approximately $230.3 million.

In general, the Company monitors and manages liquidity on a regular basis by maintaining appropriate levels of liquid assets so that funds are available when needed. Excess liquidity is invested in overnight federal funds sold and other short-term investments. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas, First NBC Bank had access to approximately $432.2 million of available lines of credit secured by qualifying collateral as of December 31, 2013. In addition, First NBC Bank maintains $95.0 million in lines of credit with its correspondent banks to support its liquidity.

Contractual Obligations

In the ordinary course of business, through First NBC Bank, the Company enters into certain on and off-balance sheet contractual obligations. The following table presents the Company’s contractual obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2013.

 

56


Table of Contents

TABLE 22-CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER DEBT COMMITMENTS

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
(dollars in thousands)    Due
Within
One Year
     After One
but Within
Three Years
     After Three
but Within
Five Years
     After Five
Years
     Total  

Operating leases

   $ 3,119       $ 9,022       $ 2,697       $ 41,259       $ 56,097   

Other borrowings

     15,110         40,000         —           —           55,110   

Time deposits

     550,700         476,680         190,660         1,115         1,219,155   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 568,929       $ 525,702       $ 125,608       $ 41,259       $ 1,330,362   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit

   $ 36,634       $ 67,915       $ 1,237       $ 681       $ 106,467   

Unused loan commitments

     188,677         35,542         29,104         15,437         268,760   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total off-balance sheet commitments

   $ 225,311       $ 103,457       $ 30,341       $ 16,118       $ 375,227   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions that are not included in the consolidated balance sheets in accordance with GAAP. These transactions include commitments to extend credit in the ordinary course of business to approved customers.

Generally, loan commitments have been granted on a temporary basis for working capital or commercial real estate financing requirements or may be reflective of loans in various stages of funding. These commitments are recorded on the Company’s financial statements as they are funded. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Loan commitments include unused commitments for open end lines secured by one to four family residential properties and commercial properties, commitments to fund loans secured by commercial real estate, construction loans, business lines of credit and other unused commitments.

Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, the Company would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, the Company would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer.

The Company minimizes its exposure to loss under loan commitments and standby letters of credit by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. The effect on the revenues, expenses, cash flows and liquidity of the unused portions of these commitments cannot be reasonably predicted because there is no guarantee that the lines of credit will be used.

The following is a summary of the total notional amount of commitments outstanding as of the respective dates.

TABLE 23-OUTSTANDING COMMITMENTS

 

     As of December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  

Standby letters of credit

   $ 106,467       $ 92,274       $ 74,811       $ 65,409       $ 10,917   

Unused loan commitments

     268,760         256,294         183,758         122,459         126,942   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 375,227       $ 348,568       $ 258,569       $ 187,868       $ 137,859   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

Asset/Liability Management

The Company’s asset/liability management policy provides guidelines for effective funds management and the Company has established a measurement system for monitoring its net interest rate sensitivity position. The Company seeks to maintain a sensitivity position within established guidelines.

As a financial institution, the primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of the assets and liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Because of the nature of its operations, the Company is not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. The Company does not own any trading assets.

Interest rate risk is the potential of economic loss due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income. The Company recognizes that certain risks are inherent and that the goal is to identify and understand the risks.

The Company actively manages exposure to adverse changes in interest rates through asset and liability management activities within guidelines established by the asset/liability management committee. The committee, which is composed primarily of senior officers and directors of First NBC Bank and the Company, has the responsibility for ensuring compliance with asset/liability management policies. Interest rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in net interest income as a result of market fluctuations in interest rates. On a regular basis, the committee monitors interest rate and liquidity risk in order to implement appropriate funding and balance sheet strategies.

The Company utilizes a net interest income simulation model to analyze net interest income sensitivity. Potential changes in market interest rates and their subsequent effects on net interest income are then evaluated. The model projects the effect of instantaneous movements in interest rates. Decreases in interest rates apply primarily to long-term rates, as short-term rates are not modeled to decrease below zero. Assumptions based on the historical behavior of the Company’s deposit rates and balances in relation to changes in interest rates are also incorporated into the model. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and the application and timing of various management strategies.

The Company’s interest sensitivity profile was somewhat asset sensitive as of December 31, 2013, though its base net interest income would increase in the case of either an interest rate increase or decrease. Hedging instruments utilized by First NBC Bank, which consist primarily of interest rate swaps and options, protect the bank in a rising interest rate environment by providing long term funding costs at a fixed interest rate to allow the bank to continue to fund its projected loan growth. In addition, the bank utilizes interest rate floors in loan pricing to manage interest rate risk in a declining rate environment.

The following table sets forth the net interest income simulation analysis as of December 31, 2013.

TABLE 24-CHANGE IN NET INTEREST INCOME FROM INTEREST RATE CHANGES

 

Interest Rate Scenario

   % Change in Net Interest Income  

+300 basis points

     8.8

+200 basis points

     7.6

+100 basis points

     3.7

Base

     0.0

-100 basis points

     10.2

 

58


Table of Contents

The Company also manages exposure to interest rates by structuring its balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. An important measure of interest rate risk is the relationship of the repricing period of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The more closely the repricing periods are correlated, the less interest rate risk it has. From time to time, the Company may use instruments such as leveraged derivatives, structured notes, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, financial options, financial futures contracts or forward delivery contracts to reduce interest rate risk. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had hedging instruments in the notional amount of $400.0 million with a fair value liability of $4.3 million and in the notional amount of $115.0 million with a fair value asset of $1.2 million.

An interest rate sensitive asset or liability is one that, within a defined time period, either matures or experiences an interest rate change in line with general market interest rates. A measurement of interest rate risk is performed by analyzing the maturity and repricing relationships between interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities at specific points in time (gap). Interest rate sensitivity reflects the potential effect on net interest income of a movement in interest rates. An institution is considered to be asset sensitive, or having a positive gap, when the amount of its interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a given period exceeds the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities also maturing or repricing within that time period. Conversely, an institution is considered to be liability sensitive, or having a negative gap, when the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within a given period exceeds the amount of its interest-earning assets also maturing or repricing within that time period. During a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap would tend to affect net interest income adversely, while a positive gap would tend to increase net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, a negative gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income, while a positive gap would tend to affect net interest income adversely.

The following table sets forth our interest rate gap analysis as of December 31, 2013:

TABLE 25-INTEREST RATE GAP ANALYSIS

 

    Volumes Subject to Repricing Within  
    1-3
Months
    4-6
Months
    7-12
Months
    2
Years
    3
Years
    4-5
Years
    6-10
Years
    Over
10 Years
    Total
Balance
 
    (dollars in thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

                 

Short term investments

  $ 3,502      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 3,502   

Securities

    260,086        5,886        9,189        15,855        31,128        50,413        204,381        58,842        635,980   

Loans

    1,437,653        44,121        109,752        191,511        167,772        257,391        72,710        89,444        2,364,354   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

    1,701,441        50,007        118,941        207,366        198,900        301,804        277,091        148,286        3,003,836   

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Transaction accounts

    1,220,572        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          1,220,572   

Certificates of deposit

    167,690        150,579        232,213        282,427        194,253        189,913        1,115        965        1,219,155   

Short-term borrowings

    8,425        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          8,425   

Repurchase agreements

    75,957        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          75,957   

Long-term borrowings

    15,000        —          110        40,000        —          —          —          —          55,110   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    1,487,644        150,579        232,323        322,427        194,253        189,913        1,115        965        2,579,219   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate sensitivity gap

  $ 213,797      $ (100,572   $ (113,382   $ (115,061   $ 4,647      $ 111,891      $ 275,976      $ 147,321      $ 424,617   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap

  $ 213,797      $ 113,225      $ (157   $ (115,218   $ (110,571   $ 1,320      $ 277,296      $ 424,617     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Cumulative interest rate sensitivity assets to rate sensitive liabilities

    114.4     106.9     100     94.8     95.4     100.1     110.8     115.5  

Cumulative gap as a percent of total interest-earning assets

    7.1     3.8         (3.8 )%      (3.7 )%          9.2     13.3  

 

59


Table of Contents

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the gap table. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable-rate loans, have features that restrict changes in interest rates, both on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. More importantly, changes in interest rates, prepayments and early withdrawal levels may deviate significantly from those assumed in the calculations in the table. As a result of these shortcomings, management focuses more on a net interest income simulation model than on gap analysis. Although the gap analysis reflects a ratio of cumulative gap to total earning assets within acceptable limits, the net interest income simulation model is considered by management to be more informative in forecasting future income at risk.

The Company faces the risk that borrowers might repay their loans sooner than the contractual maturity. If interest rates fall, the borrower might repay their loan, forcing the bank to reinvest in a potentially lower yielding asset. This prepayment would have the effect of lowering the overall portfolio yield which may result in lower net interest income. The Company has assumed that these loans will prepay, if the borrower has sufficient incentive to do so, using prepayment tables provided by third party consultants. In addition, some assets, such as mortgage-backed securities or purchased loans, are held at a premium, and if these assets prepay, the Company would have to write down the premium, which would temporarily reduce the yield. Conversely, as interest rates rise, borrowers might prepay their loans more slowly, which would leave lower yielding assets as interest rates rise.

Impact of Inflation

The Company’s financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require the measure of financial position and operating results in terms of historic dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.

Inflation generally increases the costs of funds and operating overhead, and to the extent loans and other assets bear variable rates, the yields on such assets. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant effect on the performance of a financial institution than the effects of general levels of inflation. In addition, inflation affects a financial institution’s cost of goods and services purchased, the cost of salaries and benefits, occupancy expense and similar items. Inflation and related increases in interest rates generally decrease the market value of investments and loans held and may adversely affect liquidity, earnings and shareholders’ equity.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

The information contained in the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Asset/Liability Management” in Item 7 hereof is incorporated herein by reference.

 

60


Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of First NBC Bank Holding Company

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of First NBC Bank Holding Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of First NBC Bank Holding Company at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New Orleans, Louisiana

March 31, 2014

 

61


Table of Contents

FIRST NBC BANK HOLDING COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

    December 31,  
(In thousands, except per share data)   2013     2012  

Assets

   

Cash and due from banks

  $ 28,140      $ 26,471   

Short-term investments

    3,502        9,541   

Investment in short-term receivables

    246,817        81,044   

Investment securities available for sale, at fair value

    277,719        405,355   

Investment securities held to maturity

    94,904        —     

Mortgage loans held for sale

    6,577        25,860   

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $32,143 and $26,977, respectively

    2,325,634        1,895,240   

Bank premises and equipment, net

    51,174        47,067   

Accrued interest receivable

    10,994        8,728   

Goodwill and other intangible assets

    8,433        8,682   

Investment in real estate properties

    10,147        6,935   

Investment in tax credit entities

    117,684        67,393   

Cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance

    26,187        25,506   

Other real estate

    3,733        8,632   

Deferred tax asset

    51,191        16,589   

Receivables from sales of investments

    —          16,909   

Other assets

    23,781        20,915   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 3,286,617      $ 2,670,867   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

   

Deposits:

   

Noninterest-bearing

  $ 291,080      $ 239,538   

Interest-bearing

    2,439,727        2,028,990   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

    2,730,807        2,268,528   

Short-term borrowings

    8,425        21,800   

Repurchase agreements

    75,957        36,287   

Long-term borrowings

    55,110        75,220   

Accrued interest payable

    6,682        5,557   

Other liabilities

    27,777        15,373   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    2,904,758        2,422,765   

Shareholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock

   

Convertible preferred stock Series C – no par value; 1,680,219 shares authorized; 364,983 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 916,841 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012

    4,471        11,231   

Preferred stock Series D – no par value; 37,935 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

    37,935        37,935   

Common stock- par value $1 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 18,514,271 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 13,052,583 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012

    18,514        13,052   

Additional paid-in capital

    237,063        128,984   

Accumulated earnings

    100,389        59,825   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

    (16,515     (2,926
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    381,857        248,101   

Noncontrolling interest

    2        1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

    381,859        248,102   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 3,286,617      $ 2,670,867   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

62


Table of Contents

FIRST NBC BANK HOLDING COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(In thousands, except per share data)    2013     2012     2011  

Interest income:

      

Loans, including fees

   $ 111,260      $ 97,754      $ 74,770   

Investment securities

     8,170        6,499        3,938   

Investment in short-term receivables

     4,449        2,060        138   

Short-term investments

     145        144        168   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     124,024        106,457        79,014   

Interest expense:

      

Deposits

     36,239        29,597        24,885   

Borrowings and securities sold under repurchase agreements

     2,909        2,069        1,482   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     39,148        31,666        26,367   

Net interest income

     84,876        74,791        52,647   

Provision for loan losses

     9,800        11,035        8,010   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     75,076        63,756        44,637   

Noninterest income:

      

Service charges on deposit accounts

     2,027        2,486        1,577   

Investment securities gain, net

     316        4,324        485   

Gain (loss) on assets sold, net

     1,071        500        (147

Gain on sale of loans, net

     835        603        779   

Cash surrender value income on bank-owned life insurance

     681        750        621   

Income from sales of state tax credits

     2,785        578        951   

Community Development Entity fees

     2,875        1,136        670   

ATM fee income

     1,859        1,686        500   

Other

     967        1,073        515   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     13,416        13,136        5,951   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest expense:

      

Salaries and employee benefits

     23,812        20,307        11,996   

Occupancy and equipment expenses

     10,204        9,755        6,428   

Professional fees

     6,929        3,269        3,969   

Taxes, licenses and FDIC assessments

     4,245        3,258        2,661   

Tax credit investment amortization

     8,639        4,808        2,868   

Write-down of other real estate

     225        295        1,212   

Data processing

     4,219        4,485        2,308   

Advertising and marketing

     2,427        1,904        1,292   

Other

     6,632        6,926        3,513   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     67,332        55,007        36,247   

Income before income taxes

     21,160        21,885        14,341   

Income tax benefit

     (19,751     (7,565     (5,407
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     40,911        29,450        19,748   

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —          (510     (308
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Company

     40,911        28,940        19,440   

Less preferred stock dividends

     (347     (510     (792

Less accretion of discount on preferred stock

     —          —          (580
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available to common shareholders

   $ 40,564      $ 28,430      $ 18,068   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per common share – basic

   $ 2.38      $ 2.04      $ 1.55   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per common share – diluted

   $ 2.32      $ 2.02      $ 1.54   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

63


Table of Contents

FIRST NBC BANK HOLDING COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Net income

   $ 40,911      $ 29,450      $ 19,748   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:

      

Change in fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges during the period, before tax

     3,694        (6,854     —     

Unrealized (losses) gains on investment securities:

      

Unrealized (losses) gains on investment securities arising during the period

     (18,576     3,956        4,814   

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income

     (316     (4,324     (485

Transfer of unrealized loss on securities from available for sale to held to maturity during the period

     (5,708     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized (losses) gains on investment securities, before tax

     (24,600     (368     4,329   

Other comprehensive (losses) income, before taxes

     (20,906     (7,222     4,329   

Income tax (benefit) expense related to items of other comprehensive (loss) income

     (7,317     (2,501     1,472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

     (13,589     (4,721     2,857   

Comprehensive income

     27,322        24,729        22,605   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —          (510     (308

Comprehensive income attributable to preferred shareholders

     (347     (510     (1,372
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income available to common shareholders

   $ 26,975      $ 23,709      $ 20,925   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

64


Table of Contents

FIRST NBC BANK HOLDING COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

(In thousands)   Preferred
Stock
Series A
    Preferred
Stock
Series B
    Preferred
Stock
Series C
    Preferred
Stock
Series D
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Equity
 

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 17,244      $ 861      $ —        $ —        $ 9,570      $ 89,446      $ 13,327      $ (1,062   $ 129,386      $ 1,647      $ 131,033   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          19,440        —          19,440        —          19,440   

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          2,857        2,857        —          2,857   

Restricted stock and share-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          64        855        —          —          919        —          919   

Issuance of common stock

    —          —          —          —          2,519        27,707        —          —          30,226        —          30,226   

Issuance (redemption) of preferred stock

    (17,796     (889     20,582        37,935              —          39,832          39,832   

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion

    552        28        —          —          —          —          (1,372     —          (792     —          (792

Equity contribution for noncontrolling interest

              2        —          —          2        (1     1   

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

    —          —          20,582        37,935        12,153        118,010        31,395        1,795        221,870        1,646        223,516   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          28,940        —          28,940        —          28,940   

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (4,721     (4,721     —          (4,721

Share-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          20        1,082        —          —          1,102        —          1,102   

Issuance of common stock

    —          —          —          —          116        1,304        —          —          1,420        —          1,420   

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

    —          —          (9,351     —          763        8,588        —          —          —          (1,644     (1,644

Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (510     —          (510     —          (510

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (1     (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

    —          —          11,231        37,935        13,052        128,984        59,825        (2,926     248,101        1        248,102   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          40,911        —          40,911        —          40,911   

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (13,589     (13,589     —          (13,589

Share-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          1,202        —          —          1,202        —          1,202   

Conversion of preferred stock

    —          —          (6,760     —          552        6,208        —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of common stock:

                    —          —          —     

Stock option and director plans

    —          —          —          —          87        878        —          —          965        —          965   

Stock offering, net of direct cost of $10,837

    —          —          —          —          4,792        99,371        —          —          104,163        —          104,163   

Warrants

    —          —          —          —          31        94        —          —          125        —          125   

Net tax benefit related to stock option plans

    —          —          —          —          —          326        —          —          326        —          326   

Preferred stock dividends

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (347     —          (347     —          (347

Equity contribution for noncontrolling interest

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          1        1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

  $ —        $ —        $ 4,471      $ 37,935      $ 18,514      $ 237,063      $ 100,389      $ (16,515   $ 381,857      $ 2      $ 381,859   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

65


Table of Contents

FIRST NBC BANK HOLDING COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Operating activities

      

Net income

   $ 40,911      $ 29,450      $ 19,748   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Noncontrolling interest

     —          (510     (308

Deferred tax benefit

     (19,937     (7,565     (5,407

Amortization of tax credit investments

     8,639        4,808        2,868   

Net discount accretion or premium amortization

     2,633        4,245        2,463   

Gain on sale of investment securities

     (316     (4,324     (485

Gain on sale of other assets

     (1,055     (531     —     

Write-down of other real estate owned

     225        295        1,212   

(Gain) loss on sale of fixed assets

     (16     (4     147   

Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans held for sale

     96,677        62,014        46,150   

Mortgage loans originated and held for sale

     (77,394     (82,067     (46,273

Gain on sale of loans

     (835     (603     (779

Provision for loan losses

     9,800        11,035        8,010   

Depreciation and amortization

     2,963        3,351        1,932   

Share-based and other compensation expense

     2,124        1,102        715   

Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance

     (681     (750     (621

Decrease (increase) in receivables from sales of investments

     16,909        (16,909     —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Change in other assets

     (5,168     1,540        (6,854

Change in accrued interest receivable

     (2,266     (1,346     (1,072

Change in accrued interest payable

     1,125        725        8   

Change in other liabilities

     15,125        (2,758     7,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     89,463        1,198        28,678   

Investing activities

      

Purchases of available for sale investment securities

     (132,123     (344,093     (445,816

Proceeds from sales of available for sale investment securities

     45,791        125,401        156,778   

Proceeds from maturities, prepayments, and calls of available for sale investment securities

     91,328        129,910        159,434   

Proceeds from maturities, prepayments, and calls of held to maturity securities

     1,013        —          —     

Net change in investment in short-term receivables

     (165,773     (70,864     26,888   

Purchase of real estate properties

     —          —          (228

Reimbursement of investment in tax credit entities

     —          15,607        —     

Purchases of investments in tax credit entities

     (58,930     (20,606     (40,597

Loans originated, net of repayments

     (444,592     (275,177     (324,618

Proceeds from sale of bank premises and equipment

     324        16        500   

Purchases of bank premises and equipment

     (7,129     (18,189     (4,141

Purchases of bank-owned life insurance

     —          —          (10,000

Proceeds from the sales of acquired assets

     —          —          28,972   

Proceeds from disposition of real estate owned

     5,015        3,840        —     

Reimbursement from FDIC related to acquisition

     —          —          59,687   

Net cash received from business combinations

     —          —          49,582   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (665,076     (454,155     (343,559

Financing activities

      

Net change repurchase agreements

     39,670        18,311        6,904   

Proceeds from borrowings

     8,425        41,800        40,000   

Repayment of borrowings

     (41,910     (1,625     (21,220

Net increase in deposits

     461,073        363,846        257,814   

Proceeds from sale or distributions to noncontrolling interest in subsidiary

     —          —          (1

Proceeds from sale of preferred stock, net of offering costs

     —          —          58,518   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of offering costs

     104,332        1,420        30,430   

Repayment of preferred stock

     —          (1,644     (18,685

Dividends paid

     (347     (510     (792
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     571,243        421,598        352,968   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash, due from banks, and short-term investments

     (4,370     (31,359     38,087   

Cash, due from banks, and short-term investments at beginning of period

     36,012        67,371        29,284   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, due from banks, and short-term investments at end of period

   $ 31,642      $ 36,012        67,371   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flows information

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 38,023      $ 32,392        24,812   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

66


Table of Contents

FIRST NBC BANK HOLDING COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

First NBC Bank Holding Company (“Company”) is a bank holding company that offers a broad range of financial services through First NBC Bank, a Louisiana state non-member bank, to businesses, institutions, and individuals in southeastern Louisiana and the Mississippi Gulf Coast. The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and to prevailing practices within the banking industry.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and First NBC Bank, and First NBC Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries, which include First NBC Community Development, LLC (FNBC CDC), First NBC Community Development Fund, LLC (FNBC CDE) (collectively referred to as the Bank) and any variable interest entities (VIE) of which the Company is the primary beneficiary. Substantially all of the VIEs that the Company is primary beneficiary relate to tax credit investments. FNBC CDC is a Community Development Corporation formed to construct, purchase, and renovate affordable residential real estate properties in the New Orleans area. FNBC CDE is a Community Development Entity (CDE) formed to apply for and receive allocations of Federal New Markets Tax Credits (NMTC).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are susceptible to a significant change in the near term are the allowance for loan losses, income tax provision, fair value adjustments and share-based compensation.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company’s loan portfolio consists of the various types of loans described in Note 6. Real estate or other assets secure most loans. The majority of these loans have been made to individuals and businesses in the Company’s market area of southeastern Louisiana and southern Mississippi, which are dependent on the area economy for their livelihoods and servicing of their loan obligations. The Company does not have any significant concentrations to any one industry or customer.

The Company maintains deposits in other financial institutions that may, from time to time, exceed the federally insured deposit limits.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include the amount in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet caption, cash and due from banks, which represents cash on hand and balances due from other financial institutions, as well as the amount in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet caption, short-term investments, which primarily represents federal funds sold with original maturities less than three months.

Investment Securities

Investment securities are classified either as held to maturity or available for sale. Management determines the classification of securities when they are purchased.

 

67


Table of Contents

Investment securities that the Company has the ability and positive intent to hold to maturity are classified as securities held to maturity and are stated at amortized cost. The amortized cost of debt securities classified as held to maturity or available for sale is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts over the contractual life of the security using the effective interest method or, in the case of mortgage-backed securities, over the estimated life of the security using the effective yield method. Such amortization or accretion is included in interest income on securities.

Securities that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, liquidity needs, or asset liability management strategies, are classified as securities available for sale. These securities are carried at fair value, with net unrealized gains or losses excluded from earnings and shown as a separate component of shareholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of income taxes. Any expected credit loss due to the inability to collect all amounts due accordingly to the security’s contractual terms is recognized as a charge against earnings. Any remaining unrealized loss related to other factors would be recognized in other comprehensive income, net of taxes.

Realized gains and losses on both held to maturity securities and available for sale securities are computed based on the specific-identification method. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary are included in net securities gains and losses.

Unrealized losses on securities are evaluated to determine if the losses are temporary, based on various factors, including the cause of the loss, prospects for recovery, projected cash flows, collateral values, credit enhancements and other relevant factors, and management’s intent and ability not to sell the security until the fair value exceeds amortized cost. A charge is recognized against earnings for all or a portion of the impairment if the loss is determined to be other than temporary.

Investment in Short-Term Receivables

The Company invests in short-term receivables which are purchased on an exchange. These short-term receivables have repayment terms of less than a year. The investments are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at cost plus accreted discount.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance that is recorded as a charge to income. Loans held for sale have primarily been fixed-rate, single-family residential mortgage loans under contract to be sold in the secondary market. In most cases, loans in this category are sold within 120 days. These loans are sold with the mortgage servicing rights released. Buyers generally have recourse to return a purchased loan to the Company under limited circumstances which may include early payment default, breach of representations or warranties, and documentation deficiencies. During 2013 and 2012, an insignificant number of loans were returned to the Company.

Loans

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unamortized fees and costs on originated loans and allowances for loan losses. Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and amortized over the lives of the respective loans as a yield adjustment using the effective interest method.

Interest income on loans is accrued as earned using the interest method over the life of the loan. Interest on loans deemed uncollectible is excluded from income. The accrual of interest is discontinued and reversed against current income once loans become more than 90 days past due or earlier if conditions warrant. The past due status of loans is determined based on the contractual terms. If the decision is made to continue accruing interest on the loan, periodic reviews are made to confirm the accruing status of the loan. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, interest accrued and unpaid during prior periods is reversed. Generally any payments on

 

68


Table of Contents

nonaccrual loans are applied first to outstanding loan principal amounts and then to the recovery of the charged-off loan amounts. Any excess is treated as recovery of lost interest and fees. Loans are returned to accrual status after a minimum of six consecutive monthly payments have been made in a timely manner.

The Company considers a loan to be impaired when, based upon current information and events, it believes it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Company’s impaired loans include troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) and performing and nonperforming loans for which full payment of principal or interest is not expected. The Company calculates a reserve required for impaired loans based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted using the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral securing the loan.

Third-party property valuations are obtained at the time of origination for real estate-secured loans. The Company obtains updated appraisals on all impaired loans at least annually. In addition, if an intervening event occurs that, in management’s opinion, would suggest further deterioration in value, the Company obtains an updated appraisal. These policies do not vary based on loan type. Any exposure arising from the deterioration in value of collateral evidenced by the appraisal is recorded as an adjustment to the loan loss reserve in the case of an impaired loan or as an adjustment to income in the case of foreclosed property.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

The Company periodically grants concessions to its customers in an attempt to protect as much of its investment as possible and minimize the risk of loss. These concessions may include restructuring the terms of a customer loan, thereby adjusting the customer’s payment requirements. In order to be considered a TDR, the Company must conclude that the restructuring constitutes a concession and the customer is experiencing financial difficulties. The Company defines a concession to a customer as a modification of existing loan terms for economic or legal reasons that it would otherwise not consider. Concessions are typically granted through an agreement with the customer or are imposed by a court of law. Concessions include modifying original loan terms to reduce or defer cash payments required as part of the loan agreement, including but not limited to:

 

    A reduction of the stated interest rate for the remaining original life of the debt

 

    Extension of the maturity date or dates at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk characteristics

 

    Reduction of the face amount or maturity amount of the debt as stated in the agreement

 

    Reduction of accrued interest receivable on the debt

In its determination of whether the customer is experiencing financial difficulties, the Company considers numerous indicators, including but not limited to:

 

    Whether the customer is currently in default on its existing loan, or is in an economic position where it is probable the customer will be in default on its loan in the foreseeable future without a modification

 

    Whether the customer has declared or is in the process of declaring bankruptcy

 

    Whether there is substantial doubt about the customer’s ability to continue as a going concern

 

    Whether, based on its projections of the customer’s current capabilities, the Company believes the customer’s future cash flows will be insufficient to service the debt, including interest, in accordance with the contractual terms of the existing agreement for the foreseeable future

 

    Whether, without modification, the customer cannot obtain sufficient funds from other sources at an effective interest rate equal to the current market rate for similar debt for a nontroubled debtor

If the Company concludes that both a concession has been granted and the concession was granted to a customer experiencing financial difficulties, the Company identifies the loan as a TDR. For purposes of the determination

 

69


Table of Contents

of an allowance for loan losses on these TDRs, the loan is reviewed for specific impairment in accordance with the Company’s allowance for loan loss methodology. If it is determined that losses are probable on such TDRs, either because of delinquency or other credit quality indicators, the Company establishes specific reserves for these loans.

Acquisition Accounting for Loans

The Company accounts for business acquisitions in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805, Business Combinations, which requires the use of the acquisition method of accounting. All identifiable assets acquired, including loans, are recorded at fair value. The fair value of loans that do not have deteriorated credit quality are accounted for in accordance with ASC 310-20, Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs, and is represented by the expected cash flows from the portfolio discounted at current market rates. In estimating the cash flows, the Company makes assumptions about the amount and timing of principal and interest payments, estimated prepayments, estimated default rates, estimated loss severities in the event of defaults, and current market rates. The fair value adjustment is amortized over the life of the loan using the effective interest method. The Company accounts for certain acquired loans with deteriorated credit quality under ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. In accordance with ASC 310-30 and in estimating the fair value of loans with deteriorated credit quality as of the acquisition date, the Company: (a) calculates the contractual amount and timing of undiscounted principal and interest payments (the undiscounted contractual cash flows), and (b) estimates the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal and interest payments (the undiscounted expected cash flows). The difference between the undiscounted contractual cash flows and the undiscounted expected cash flows is the nonaccretable difference. On the acquisition date, the amount by which the undiscounted expected cash flows exceed the estimated fair value of the loans with deteriorated credit quality is the accretable yield. The accretable yield is recorded into interest income over the estimated lives of the loans using the effective yield method. The accretable yield changes over time as actual and expected cash flows vary from the estimated cash flows at acquisition. Decreases in expected cash flows subsequent to acquisition result in recognition of a provision for loan loss. The accretable yield is measured at each financial reporting date and represents the difference between the remaining undiscounted expected cash flows and the current carrying value of the loans. The remaining undiscounted expected cash flows are calculated at each financial reporting date, based on information currently available. Increases in expected cash flows over those originally estimated increase the accretable yield and are recognized prospectively as interest income. Increases in expected cash flows may also lead to the reduction of any allowance for loan losses recorded after the acquisition. Decreases in expected cash flows compared to those originally estimated decrease the accretable yield and are recognized by recording an allowance for loan losses. As the accretable yield increases or decreases from changes in cash flow expectations, the offset is an increase or decrease to the nonaccretable difference. There is no carryover of allowance for loan losses, as the loans acquired are initially recorded at fair value as of the date of acquisition.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses represents an estimate that management believes will be adequate to absorb probable inherent losses on existing loans in its portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is based on an evaluation of the collectability of loans and prior loss experience, including both industry and Company specific considerations. While management uses available information to make loan loss allowance evaluations, adjustments to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions or changes in accounting guidance. See Note 6 for an analysis of the Company’s allowance for loan losses by portfolio and portfolio segment, and credit quality information by class.

Management has an established methodology to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses that assesses the risks and losses inherent in its portfolio and portfolio segments. The Company utilizes an internally developed model that requires significant judgment to determine the estimation method that fits the credit risk characteristics of the loans in its portfolio and portfolio segments. The allowance for loan losses is established

 

70


Table of Contents

through a provision for loan losses charged to expense. The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

The Company’s loan portfolio is disaggregated into portfolio segments for purposes of determining the allowance for loan losses. The Company’s portfolio segments include commercial real estate, consumer real estate, commercial and industrial, and consumer loans. The Company further disaggregates the commercial and consumer real estate portfolio segments into classes for purposes of monitoring and assessing credit quality based on certain risk characteristics. Classes within each commercial real estate portfolio segment include commercial real estate construction and commercial real estate mortgage. Classes within each consumer real estate portfolio segment include consumer real estate construction and consumer real estate mortgage.

Loans are charged off against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely. The allowance for loan losses consists of specific and general reserves. The Company determines specific reserves based on the provisions of ASC 310, Receivables. The Company’s allowance for loan losses includes a measure of impairment for those loans specifically identified for evaluation under the topic. This measurement is based on a comparison of the recorded investment in the loan with either the expected cash flows discounted using the loan’s original contractual effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral underlying certain collateral-dependent loans. Collectability of principal and interest is evaluated in assessing the need for a loss accrual. Loans identified as impaired are individually evaluated periodically for impairment.

General reserves are based on management’s evaluation of many factors and reflect an estimated measurement of losses related to loans not individually evaluated for impairment. These loans are grouped into portfolio segments. The loss rates are derived from historical loss factors of the Company or the industry sustained on loans according to their risk grade, as well as qualitative and economic factors, and may be adjusted for Company-specific factors. Loss rates are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as management deems necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collections and charge-off experience.

Based on observations made through a qualitative review, management may apply qualitative adjustments to the quantitatively determined loss estimates at a group and/or portfolio segment level as deemed appropriate. Primary qualitative and environmental factors that may not be directly reflected in quantitative estimates include:

 

    Asset quality trends

 

    Changes in lending policies

 

    Trends in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, including the existence and effect of any portfolio concentrations

 

    Changes in experience and depth of lending staff

 

    National and regional economic trends

Changes in these factors are considered in determining the directional consistency of changes in the allowance for loan losses. The impact of these factors on the Company’s qualitative assessment of the allowance for loan losses can change from period to period based on management’s assessment to the extent to which these factors are already reflected in historic loss rates. The uncertainty inherent in the estimation process is also considered in evaluating the allowance for loan losses.

Off-Balance-Sheet

Credit-Related Financial Instruments

The Company accounts for its guarantees in accordance with the provisions of ASC 460, Guarantees. In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into commitments to extend credit, including

 

71


Table of Contents

commitments under credit card agreements, and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Derivative Financial Instruments

ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, requires that all derivatives be recognized as assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at fair value. The Company may enter into derivative contracts to manage exposure to interest rate risk or meet the financing and/or investing needs of its customers.

In the course of its business operations, the Company is exposed to certain risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk. The Company manages its risks through the use of derivative financial instruments, primarily through management of exposure due to the receipt or payment of future cash amounts based on interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments manage the differences in the timing, amount, and duration of expected cash receipts and payments.

Derivatives which are designated and qualify as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the derivative’s gain or loss is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings or when the hedge is terminated. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is reported in earnings immediately.

In applying hedge accounting for derivatives, the Company establishes a method for assessing the effectiveness of the hedging derivative and a measurement approach for determining the ineffective aspect of the hedge upon the inception of the hedge. These methods are consistent with the Company’s approach to managing risk. The Company reports these net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets when the Company has a master netting arrangement. As of December 31, 2013 there were no net amounts reported. Note 18 describes the derivative instruments currently used by the Company and discloses how these derivatives impact the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

Premises and Equipment

Land is carried at cost. Buildings, furniture, fixtures, and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated life of each respective type of asset as follows:

 

Buildings

   40 years

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

   5–15 years

Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the periods of the leases, including options expected to be exercised, or the estimated useful lives, whichever is shorter. Gains and losses on disposition and maintenance and repairs are included in current operations. Rental expense on leased property is recognized on a straight-line basis over the original lease term plus options that management expects to exercise. Fixed rental increases that are determinable are expensed over the lease period, including any option periods which are expected to be exercised, using a straight-line lease expense method.

Other Real Estate

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are recorded at a new cost basis determined at the date of foreclosure as the lower of cost or fair value less estimated cost to sell. Cost is defined as the recorded investment in the loan. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuation allowances are established for any changes in the estimate of the asset’s fair value or selling costs, but not in excess of its new cost basis. Revenues and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in current earnings.

 

72


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill is accounted for in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, and, accordingly, is not amortized but is evaluated at least annually for impairment. As part of its annual impairment testing, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the Company determines the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount using these qualitative factors, the Company compares the fair value of goodwill with its carrying amount, and then measures impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.

Definite-lived intangible assets, which consist of core deposit intangibles, are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives and evaluated at least annually for impairment.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect during the year in which the basis differences reverse.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires the Company to report information regarding its exposure to various tax positions taken by the Company. The Company has determined whether any tax positions have met the recognition threshold and has measured the Company’s exposure to those tax positions. Management believes that the Company has adequately addressed all relevant tax positions and that there are no unrecorded tax liabilities. Any interest or penalties assessed to the Company are recorded in operating expenses. No interest or penalties from any taxing authorities were recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Federal, state, and local taxing authorities generally have the right to examine and audit the previous three years of tax returns filed.

The Company is also required to reduce its tax basis of the investment in certain of the projects that generated the Federal NMTC or Federal Historic Rehabilitation tax credits by the amount of the credit generated in that year based on the taxable entity structure of the investee.

Noncontrolling Interests

During 2012, the $1.6 million of noncumulative, perpetual preferred stock held by unrelated parties of the Bank was redeemed and noncontrolling interests were reduced by that amount. The stock had been assumed by the Bank in a prior acquisition.

Noncontrolling interests also include $2,000, $1,000, and $2,000 at December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, of common stock held by unrelated parties in various tax credit-related subsidiaries, which have activities solely related to generating the tax credits.

Investments in Real Estate Properties

FNBC CDC invests in real estate properties, which are carried at cost. Costs of construction are capitalized during the construction period and do not include interest. The Company periodically obtains as-is appraisals to determine the recoverability of its investments for which it intends to sell. For properties the Company intends to hold, the Company assesses recoverability based on the cash flows of the underlying properties.

 

73


Table of Contents

Investments in Tax Credit Entities

As part of its Community Reinvestment Act responsibilities and due to their favorable economics, the Company invests in tax credit-motivated projects primarily in the markets it serves. These projects are directed at tax credits issued under Low-Income Housing, Federal Historic Rehabilitation (Historic), and Federal New Markets Tax Credits. The Company generates its returns on tax credit motivated projects through the receipt of federal, and if applicable, state tax credits. The federal tax credits are recorded as an offset to the income tax provision in the year that they are earned under federal income tax law – over 10 to 15 years, beginning in the year in which rental activity commences for Low-Income Housing credits, or 10 years beginning in the year of the issuance of the certificate of occupancy for Historic credits, and over 7 years for Federal NMTC upon the investment of funds into the qualifying project. These credits, if not used in the tax return for the year of origination, can be carried forward for 20 years.

For Low-Income Housing and Historic credits, the Company invests in a tax credit entity, usually a limited liability company, which owns the real estate. The Company receives a 99.9% nonvoting interest in the entity that must be retained during the compliance period for the credits (15 years for Low-Income Housing credits and 5 years for Historic credits). In most cases, the Company’s interest in the entity is generally reduced from a 99.9% interest to a 10% to 25% interest at the end of the compliance period. Control of the tax credit entity rests in the 0.1% interest general partner, who has the power and authority to make decisions that impact economic performance of the project and is required to oversee and manage the project. Due to the lack of any voting, economic, or managerial control, and due to the contractual reduction in its investment, the Company accounts for its investment by amortizing its investment, beginning at the issuance of the certificate of occupancy of the project, over the compliance period, as management believes any potential residual value in the real estate will have limited value.

For Federal NMTC, a different structure is required by federal tax law. In order to distribute Federal NMTC, the federal government allocates such credits to CDEs. The Company invests in both CDEs formed by unaffiliated parties and in CDEs formed by the Company. Projects can be commercial or real estate operations and are qualified by their location in low- to moderate-income areas or by their employment of, or service to, low- to moderate-income citizens. A CDE, in most cases, creates a special-purpose subsidiary for the project through which the credits are allocated and through which the proceeds from the tax credit investor and a leverage lender, if applicable, flow through to the project, which in turn generate the credit. The credits are calculated at 39% of the total project cost at the rate of 5% for the first three years and 6% for the next four years. Federal tax law requires special terms benefitting the qualified project, which can include complete or partial debt forgiveness at the end of the seven-year term or below-market interest rates. The Company expenses the cost of any benefits provided to the project over the seven-year compliance period. When the Company also has a loan, commonly called a leveraged loan, to the project, it is carried in loans, as the Company has normal credit exposure to the project and is repaid at the end of the compliance period (in general, the debt has no principal payments during the compliance period but the Company, in most cases, requires the project to fund a sinking fund over the compliance period to achieve the same risk reduction effect as if principal is being amortized).

When the Company is the tax credit investor in a CDE formed by an unaffiliated party, it has no control of the applicable CDE, the CDE’s special-purpose subsidiary, or the qualified project entity. When a project is funded through FNBC CDE, the Company consolidates its CDE and the specifically formed special-purpose entities since it maintains control over these entities. As part of the activities of FNBC CDE, the Company makes investments in the CDE for purposes of providing equity to the projects sponsored by the FNBC CDE.

The Company has the risk of credit recapture if the project fails during the compliance period for Low-Income Housing and Historic transactions. For Federal NMTC transactions, the risk of credit recapture exists if investment requirements are not maintained during the compliance period. Such events, although rare, are accounted for when they occur, and no such events have occurred to date.

 

74


Table of Contents

Variable Interest Entities

VIEs are entities that, in general, either do not have equity investors with voting rights or that have equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities. The Company uses VIEs in various legal forms to conduct normal business activities. The Company reviews the structure and activities of VIEs for possible consolidation.

A controlling financial interest in a VIE is present when an enterprise has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. A VIE often holds financial assets, including loans or receivables, real estate, or other property. The company with a controlling financial interest, known as the primary beneficiary, is required to consolidate the VIE. Noncontrolling variable interests in certain limited partnerships for which it does not absorb a majority of expected losses or receive a majority of expected residual returns that are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Refer to Notes 12 and 13 for further detail.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had a stock-based employee compensation plan, which provides for the issuance of stock options and restricted stock. The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation in accordance with the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Compensation cost is recognized as expense over the service period, which is generally the vesting period of the options and restricted stock. The expense is reduced for estimated forfeitures over the vesting period and adjusted for actual forfeitures as they occur. As a result, compensation cost for all share-based payments is reflected in net income as part of salaries and employee benefits in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. See Note 24 for additional information on the Company’s stock-based compensation plans.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per common share is computed based upon net income attributable to common shareholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per common share is computed based upon net income, adjusted for dilutive participating securities, divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period, and adjusted for the effect of dilutive potential common shares calculated using the treasury stock method and the assumed conversion for any dilutive convertible securities. In determining net income attributable to common shareholders, the net income attributable to participating securities is excluded. During 2011, the Company issued Series C preferred stock, which is considered a participating security because it shares in any dividends paid to common shareholders. The assumed conversion of the Series C preferred stock is excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share due to the fact that the shares are contingently issuable and the contingency still existed at the end of the year.

Comprehensive Income

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains, and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities and cash flow hedges, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet; such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income.

Segments

All of the Company’s banking operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment. Because the overall banking operations comprise substantially all of the consolidated operations and none of the Company’s other subsidiaries, either individually or in the aggregate, meet

 

75


Table of Contents

quantitative materiality thresholds, no separate segment disclosures are presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period balances to conform to the current period presentation. Investment in short-term receivables was previously reported within investment securities available for sale in prior period consolidated balance sheets, and the related income was previously reported in interest income from investment securities in prior period consolidated statements of income.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

ASU No. 2011-11 and ASU No. 2013-01

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. ASU 2011-11 provides new accounting guidance that eliminates offsetting of financial instruments disclosure differences between GAAP and IFRS. ASU 2013-01, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, clarifies the scope of ASU No. 2011-11. New disclosures will be required for recognized financial instruments, such as derivatives, repurchase agreements, and reverse repurchase agreements, that are either: (a) offset on the balance sheet in accordance with the FASB’s offsetting guidance, or (b) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement, regardless of whether they are offset in accordance with the FASB’s offsetting guidance. The objective of the new disclosure requirements is to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position, including the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with certain financial instruments and derivative instruments. This amended guidance will be applied retrospectively and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The adoption of this guidance, which involves disclosure only, did not impact the Company’s results of operations or financial position. The Company currently does net its financial instruments on its consolidated balance sheets.

ASU No. 2012-06

In October 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-06, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution, which clarifies the applicable guidance for subsequently measuring an indemnification asset recognized in a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution that includes a loss-sharing agreement. The ASU addresses the diversity in practice in the interpretation of the terms “on the same basis” and “contractual limitations” used in accounting guidance. Accounting principles require that an indemnification asset recognized at the acquisition date as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution involving an indemnification agreement shall be subsequently measured on the same basis as the indemnified item. The provisions of this ASU clarify that, upon subsequent remeasurement of an indemnification asset, the effect of the change in expected cash flows of the indemnification agreement shall be amortized. Any amortization of changes in value is limited to the lesser of the contractual term of the indemnification agreement and the remaining life of the indemnified assets. The ASU does not affect the guidance relating to the recognition or initial measurement of an indemnification asset. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years after December 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not have an indemnification asset recorded and therefore, the adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or disclosures.

ASU No. 2013-02

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which requires the Company to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income in the Company’s consolidated statement of comprehensive income if the amount being

 

76


Table of Contents

reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. The ASU does not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in the consolidated financial statements of the Company, but does require the Company to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. The provisions of the ASU are effective prospectively beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this ASU is reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

ASU No. 2014-01

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-01, Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects, which permits reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). This ASU applies to all reporting entities that invest in qualified affordable housing projects through limited liability entities that are flow-through entities for tax purposes. The provisions of this ASU should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented for periods beginning after December 15, 2014, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the adoption of this ASU and has not determined the impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

ASU No. 2014-04

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04, Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure, which clarifies when an insubstance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. The ASU requires a creditor to reclassify a collateralized consumer mortgage loan to real estate property upon obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property, or the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or similar legal agreement. The provisions of this ASU are effective for all periods beginning after December 15, 2014.The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

77


Table of Contents

2. Earnings Per Share

The following sets forth the computation of basic net income per common share and diluted net income per common share:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands, except per share data)    2013      2012      2011  

Basic: Income available to common shareholders

   $ 40,564       $ 28,430       $ 18,068   

Less: Income attributable to participating securities (Series C preferred stock)

     1,980         1,999         1,304   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 38,584       $ 26,431       $ 16,764   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     16,203,919         12,952,751         10,794,639   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

   $ 2.38       $ 2.04       $ 1.55   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted: Income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 38,584       $ 26,431       $ 16,764   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     16,203,919         12,952,751         10,794,639   

Effect of dilutive securities:

        

Stock options outstanding

     337,371         108,537         37,754   

Warrants

     82,824         51,503         28,535   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – assuming dilution

     16,624,114         13,112,791         10,860,928   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 2.32       $ 2.02       $ 1.54   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the calculations of diluted earnings per share outstanding exclude the effect from the assumed exercise of 87,059 shares of warrants outstanding, respectively. This amount would have had an antidilutive effect on earnings per share. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the calculation of diluted earnings per share outstanding also exclude the effect from the assumed exercise of 264,000 shares of stock options outstanding. These amounts would have had an antidilutive effect on earnings per share.

3. Cash and Due From Banks

The Company is required to maintain reserve requirements with the Federal Reserve Bank. The requirement is dependent upon the Bank’s cash on hand and transaction deposit account balances. The reserve requirements at December 31, 2013 and 2012, were $10.1 million and $8.2 million, respectively.

 

78


Table of Contents

4. Investment in Short-Term Receivables

The Company invests in short-term trade receivables purchased on an exchange, which are covered by a repurchase agreement from the seller of the receivables, if not paid within a specified period. Since the receivables are traded on an exchange, the Company has the ability to resell the receivables on the exchange. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had $246.8 million and $81.0 million, respectively in purchased receivables.

5. Investment Securities

The amortized cost and market values of investment securities, with gross unrealized gains and losses, as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross Unrealized Losses     Estimated
Market Value
 
           Less Than
One Year
    Greater Than
One Year
   

December 31, 2013

            

Available for sale:

            

U.S. government agency securities

   $ 163,964       $ 81       $ (10,991   $ (1,731   $ 151,323   

U.S. Treasury securities

     13,022         —           (873     —          12,149   

Municipal securities

     23,240         140         (213     —          23,167   

Mortgage-backed securities

     57,010         447         (1,897     (16     55,544   

Corporate bonds

     37,023         395         (1,677     (205     35,536   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 294,259       $ 1,063       $ (15,651   $ (1,952   $ 277,719   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

            

Municipal securities

   $ 44,294       $ 94       $ (398   $ —        $ 43,990   

Mortgage-backed securities

     50,610         12         (3,646     —          46,976   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 94,904       $ 106       $ (4,044   $ —        $ 90,966   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

            

Available for sale:

            

U.S. government agency securities

   $ 128,665       $ 83       $ (1   $ —        $ 128,747   

U.S. Treasury securities

     10,040         5         —          —          10,045   

Municipal securities

     61,907         884         (44     —          62,747   

Mortgage-backed securities

     152,481         1,615         (254     —          153,842   

Corporate bonds

     49,912         410         (348     —          49,974   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 403,005       $ 2,997       $ (647   $ —        $ 405,355   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During 2013, the Company transferred securities with a fair value of $95.4 million from available-for-sale to held to maturity. Management determined that it has both the positive intent and ability to hold these securities until maturity. The reclassified securities consisted of municipal and mortgage-backed securities and were transferred due to movements in interest rates. The securities were reclassified at fair value at the time of the transfer and represented a non-cash transaction. Accumulated other comprehensive income included pre-tax unrealized losses of $5.9 million on these securities at the date of the transfer. These unrealized losses and offsetting other comprehensive income components are being amortized into net interest income over the remaining life of the related securities as a yield adjustment, resulting in no impact on future net income.

 

79


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2013, the Company’s exposure to three investment security issuers individually exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity (in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Market Value
 

FHLB

   $ 83,052       $ 78,729   

Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae)

     81,693         75,421   

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac)

     62,281         57,860   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 227,026       $ 212,010   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 88 securities that were in a loss position. The unrealized losses for each of the 88 securities relate to market interest rate changes. The Company has considered the current market for the securities in a loss position, as well as the severity and duration of the impairments, and expects that the value will recover. As of December 31, 2013, management does not intend to sell these investments until the fair value exceeds amortized cost and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell debt securities before the anticipated recovery of the amortized cost basis of the security; thus, the impairment is determined not to be other-than-temporary.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had 39 securities that were in a loss position. The unrealized losses for each of the 39 securities relate to market interest rate changes. The Company has considered the current market for the securities in a loss position, as well as the severity and duration of the impairments, and expects that the value will recover. As of December 31, 2012, management had both the intent and ability to hold these investments until the fair value exceeds amortized cost; thus, the impairment is determined not to be other-than-temporary. In addition, management does not believe the Company will be required to sell debt securities before the anticipated recovery of the amortized cost basis of the security.

The amortized cost and estimated market values by contractual maturity of investment securities as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are shown in the following table (in thousands). Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

     December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Market Value
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Market Value
 

Available for sale:

               

Due in one year or less

     1.39   $ 12,340       $ 12,368         1.04   $ 119,657       $ 119,753   

Due after one year through five years

     2.58        64,790         65,038         1.96        106,676         108,349   

Due after five years through ten years

     2.12        180,362         168,243         2.36        130,396         130,958   

Due after ten years

     3.17        36,767         32,070         2.60        46,276         46,295   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities

     2.30   $ 294,259       $ 277,719         1.67   $ 403,005       $ 405,355   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

               

Due in one year or less

     1.76   $ 1,007       $ 1,007         —     $ —         $ —     

Due after one year through five years

     2.60        18,101         17,539         —          —           —     

Due after five years through ten years

     3.70        37,591         37,137         —          —           —     

Due after ten years

     3.41        38,205         35,283         —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities

     3.35   $ 94,904       $ 90,966         —     $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities with estimated market values of $204.3 million and $121.4 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and long-term borrowings.

 

80


Table of Contents

Proceeds from sales of securities for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $45.8 million, $125.4 million and $156.8 million, respectively. Gross gains of $0.5 million, $4.3 million, and $1.1 million were realized on these sales for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. There were gross losses of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, there were no gross losses for the year ended December 31, 2012, and gross losses of $0.6 million were realized for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Other Equity Securities

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company included the following securities in other assets, at cost, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):

 

     2013      2012  

FHLB stock

   $ 1,099       $ 2,938   

First National Bankers Bankshares, Inc. (FNBB) stock

     600         600   

Other investments

     4,853         3,200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity securities

   $ 6,552       $ 6,738   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Loans

Major classifications of loans at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Commercial real estate loans:

    

Construction

   $ 203,369      $ 159,999   

Mortgage(1)

     1,118,048        983,164   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,321,417        1,143,163   

Consumer real estate loans:

    

Construction

     8,986        7,738   

Mortgage

     115,307        102,699   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     124,293        110,437   

Commercial and industrial loans

     868,469        622,105   

Loans to individuals, excluding real estate

     16,345        14,000   

Nonaccrual loans

     16,396        21,083   

Other loans

     10,857        11,429   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,357,777        1,922,217   

Less allowance for loan losses

     (32,143     (26,977
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans, net

   $ 2,325,634      $ 1,895,240   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  Included in commercial real estate loans, mortgage, are owner-occupied real estate loans, of $364.9 million at December 31, 2013 and $345.4 million at December 31, 2012.

 

81


Table of Contents

A summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 is as follows (in thousands):

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 26,977      $ 18,122      $ 12,508   

Provision charged to operations

     9,800        11,035        8,010   

Charge-offs

     (4,769     (2,561     (2,462

Recoveries

     135        381        66   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 32,143      $ 26,977      $ 18,122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred costs less deferred fees, net of amortization, related to loan origination were $10.6 million and $9.0 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These amounts are included in the loan balances above.

In addition to loans issued in the normal course of business, the Company considers overdrafts on customer deposit accounts to be loans and reclassifies these overdrafts to loans in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, overdrafts of $0.8 million had been reclassified to loans receivable.

Loans were pledged to secure other borrowings at December 31, 2013 with carrying values of $655.1 million on a blanket lien and $29.4 million which were held in custody. At December 31, 2012, loans with carrying values of $481.8 million on a blanket lien and $49.9 million which were held in custody were pledged to secure other borrowings.

The allowance for loan losses and recorded investment in loans, including loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality as of the dates indicated are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Construction     Commercial
Real Estate
    Consumer
Real Estate
     Commercial
and
Industrial
    Other
Consumer
    Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

             

Beginning balance

   $ 2,004      $ 10,716      $ 2,450       $ 11,675      $ 132      $ 26,977   

Charge-offs

     (46     (292     —           (4,229     (202     (4,769

Recoveries

     —          19        30         68        18        135   

Provision

     832        3,337        176         5,163        292        9,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,790      $ 13,780      $ 2,656       $ 12,677      $ 240      $ 32,143   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balances:

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 42      $ 1,639      $ 183       $ 2,091      $ —        $ 3,955   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 2,748      $ 12,141      $ 2,473       $ 10,586      $ 240      $ 28,188   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable:

             

Ending balance-total

   $ 212,430      $ 1,128,181      $ 117,653       $ 883,111      $ 16,402      $ 2,357,777   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balances:

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 309      $ 9,811      $ 2,990       $ 4,005      $ —        $ 17,115   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 212,121      $ 1,118,370      $ 114,663       $ 879,106      $ 16,402      $ 2,340,662   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents
     December 31, 2012  
     Construction      Commercial
Real Estate
    Consumer
Real Estate
    Commercial
and
Industrial
    Other
Consumer
    Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

             

Beginning balance

   $ 722       $ 9,871      $ 1,519      $ 5,928      $ 82      $ 18,122   

Charge-offs

     —           (1,262     (59     (1,068     (172     (2,561

Recoveries

     16         132        22        153        58        381   

Provision

     1,266         1,975        968        6,662        164        11,035   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,004       $ 10,716      $ 2,450      $ 11,675      $ 132      $ 26,977   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balances:

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 176       $ 951      $ 362      $ 5,453      $ —        $ 6,942   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 1,828       $ 9,765      $ 2,088      $ 6,222      $ 132      $ 20,035   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable:

             

Ending balance-total

   $ 168,544       $ 988,994      $ 103,516      $ 647,090      $ 14,073      $ 1,922,217   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balances:

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 799       $ 5,203      $ 1,178      $ 14,133      $ —        $ 21,313   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 167,745       $ 983,791      $ 102,338      $ 632,957      $ 14,073      $ 1,900,904   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit quality indicators on the Company’s loan portfolio, including loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality, as of the dates indicated were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Pass and
Pass/Watch
     Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Total  

Construction

   $ 197,951       $ 4       $ 14,475       $ —         $ 212,430   

Commercial real estate

     1,073,339         1,720         53,122         —           1,128,181   

Consumer real estate

     113,037         185         4,431         —           117,653   

Commercial and industrial

     873,547         17         9,547         —           883,111   

Other consumer

     16,251         9         142         —           16,402   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 2,274,125       $ 1,935       $ 81,717       $ —         $ 2,357,777   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Pass and
Pass/Watch
     Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Total  

Construction

   $ 146,748       $ 3,258       $ 18,538       $ —         $ 168,544   

Commercial real estate

     962,694         1,698         24,602         —           988,994   

Consumer real estate

     101,334         751         1,431         —           103,516   

Commercial and industrial

     620,851         18         14,984         11,237         647,090   

Other consumer

     13,859         13         201         —           14,073   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 1,845,486       $ 5,738       $ 59,756       $ 11,237       $ 1,922,217   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table above as of December 31, 2013 includes $7.4 million of substandard loans and $1.6 million of special mention loans which are loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality. As of December 31, 2012, included in the above table was $8.9 million of substandard loans and $1.6 million of special mention loans which are loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.

 

83


Table of Contents

The above classifications follow regulatory guidelines and can generally be described as follows:

 

    Pass and pass/watch loans are of satisfactory quality.

 

    Special mention loans have an existing weakness that could cause future impairment, including the deterioration of financial ratios, past due status, questionable management capabilities, and possible reduction in the collateral values.

 

    Substandard loans have an existing specific and well-defined weakness that may include poor liquidity and deterioration of financial ratios. The loan may be past due and related deposit accounts may be experiencing overdrafts. Immediate corrective action is necessary.

 

    Doubtful loans have specific weaknesses that are severe enough to make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable.

Age analysis of past due loans, including loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality, as of the dates indicated were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Greater Than
30 and Fewer
Than 90 Days
Past Due
     90 Days and
Greater
Past Due
     Total Past
Due
     Current Loans      Total Loans  

Real estate loans:

              

Construction

   $ 15       $ 75       $ 90       $ 212,340       $ 212,430   

Commercial real estate

     2,935         7,642         10,577         1,117,604         1,128,181   

Consumer real estate

     1,260         2,166         3,426         114,227         117,653   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     4,210         9,883         14,093         1,444,171         1,458,264   

Other loans:

              

Commercial and industrial

     3,076         1,281         4,357         878,754         883,111   

Other consumer

     488         207         695         15,707         16,402   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other loans

     3,564         1,488         5,052         894,461         899,513   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 7,774       $ 11,371       $ 19,145       $ 2,338,632       $ 2,357,777   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2012  
     Greater Than
30 and Fewer
Than 90 Days
Past Due
     90 Days and
Greater
Past Due
     Total Past
Due
     Current Loans      Total Loans  

Real estate loans:

              

Construction

   $ —         $ 751       $ 751       $ 167,793       $ 168,544   

Commercial real estate

     960         5,914         6,874         982,120         988,994   

Consumer real estate

     483         651         1,134         102,382         103,516   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     1,443         7,316         8,759         1,252,295         1,261,054   

Other loans:

              

Commercial and industrial

     671         2,197         2,868         644,222         647,090   

Other consumer

     25         54         79         13,994         14,073   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other loans

     696         2,251         2,947         658,216         661,163   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 2,139       $ 9,567       $ 11,706       $ 1,910,511       $ 1,922,217   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table above includes $0.4 million of other consumer loans past due greater than 30 and fewer than 90 days, and $0.2 million of other consumer loans 90 days and greater past due, as of December 31, 2013. These loans are cash secured and the Company has rights of offset against the guarantors’ deposit accounts when the loans are 120 days past due.

 

84


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of information pertaining to impaired loans, which consist primarily of nonaccrual loans. This table excludes loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality. Acquired impaired loans are generally not subject to individual evaluation for impairment and are not reported with impaired loans or troubled debt restructurings, even if they would otherwise qualify for such treatment. Impaired loans as of the periods indicated were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Recorded
Investment
     Contractual
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

With no related allowance recorded:

              

Construction

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 24       $ —     

Commercial real estate

     4,261         4,469         —           3,063         110   

Consumer real estate

     1,973         1,999         —           1,254         —     

Commercial and industrial

     1,099         1,116         —           977         40   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,333       $ 7,584       $ —         $ 5,318       $ 150   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

              

Construction

   $ 309       $ 309       $ 42       $ 530       $ 23   

Commercial real estate

     5,550         7,428         1,639         4,445         59   

Consumer real estate

     1,017         1,046         183         831         21   

Commercial and industrial

     2,906         2,941         2,091         8,093         10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,782       $ 11,724       $ 3,955       $ 13,899       $ 113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans:

              

Construction

   $ 309       $ 309       $ 42       $ 554       $ 23   

Commercial real estate

     9,811         11,897         1,639         7,508         169   

Consumer real estate

     2,990         3,045         183         2,085         21   

Commercial and industrial

     4,005         4,057         2,091         9,070         50   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,115       $ 19,308       $ 3,955       $ 19,217       $ 263   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2012  
     Recorded
Investment
     Contractual
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

With no related allowance recorded:

              

Construction

   $ 48       $ 48       $ —         $ 1,146       $ 3   

Commercial real estate

     1,864         1,984         —           2,478         30   

Consumer real estate

     534         534         —           639         2   

Commercial and industrial

     854         874         —           1,030         54   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,300       $ 3,440       $ —         $ 5,293       $ 89   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

              

Construction

   $ 751       $ 751       $ 176       $ 376       $ 14   

Commercial real estate

     3,339         3,367         548         1,855         47   

Consumer real estate

     644         644         765         819         9   

Commercial and industrial

     13,279         13,280         5,453         6,781         389   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 18,013       $ 18,042       $ 6,942       $ 9,831       $ 459   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans:

              

Construction

   $ 799       $ 799       $ 176       $ 1,522       $ 17   

Commercial real estate

     5,203         5,351         548         4,333         77   

Consumer real estate

     1,178         1,178         765         1,458         11   

Commercial and industrial

     14,133         14,154         5,453         7,811         443   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,313       $ 21,482       $ 6,942       $ 15,124       $ 548   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

Also presented in the above table is the average recorded investment of the impaired loans and the related amount of interest recognized during the time within the period that the impaired loans were impaired. When the ultimate collectability of the total principal of an impaired loan is in doubt and the loan is on nonaccrual status, all payments are applied to principal under the cost recovery method. When the ultimate collectability of the total principal of an impaired loan is not in doubt and the loan is in nonaccrual status, contractual interest is credited to interest income when received under the cash basis method. In the table above, all interest recognized represents cash collected. The average balances are calculated based on the month-end balances of the financing receivables of the period reported.

As of December 31, 2013, there were $0.2 million in cash secured tuition loans which were past due 90 days or more that were still accruing interest and there were no loans past due 90 days or more that were still accruing interest as of December 31, 2012.

A summary of information pertaining to nonaccrual loans as of the periods indicated is as follows (in thousands):

 

     2013      2012  

Nonaccrual loans:

     

Construction

   $ 75       $ 806   

Commercial real estate

     10,133         5,831   

Consumer real estate

     2,347         818   

Commercial and industrial

     3,784         13,556   

Other consumer

     57         72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 16,396       $ 21,083   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the average recorded investment in nonaccrual loans was $17.9 million and $8.2 million, respectively. The amount of interest income that would have been recognized on nonaccrual loans based on contractual terms was $1.0 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the Company was not committed to lend additional funds to any customer whose loan was classified as impaired.

ASC 310-30 Loans

The Company acquired certain loans from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as receiver for Central Progressive Bank, that are subject to ASC 310-30. ASC 310-30 provides recognition, measurement, and disclosure requirements for acquired loans that have evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination for which it is probable, at acquisition, that the Company will be unable to collect all contractual amounts owed. The Company’s allowance for loan losses for all acquired loans subject to ASC 310-30 would reflect only those losses incurred after acquisition.

The following is a summary of changes in the accretable yields of acquired loans as of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

 

     2013     2012  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 628      $ 1,374   

Acquisition

     —          —     

Net transfers from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield

     45        361   

Accretion

     (503     (1,107
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 170      $ 628   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

Information about the Company’s TDRs as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, is presented in the following tables (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013    Current      Greater
Than 30
Days Past
Due
     Nonaccrual
TDRs
     Total Loans  

Real estate loans:

           

Construction

   $ 309       $ —         $ —         $ 309   

Commercial real estate

     357         —           102         459   

Consumer real estate

     625         —           136         761   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     1,291         —           238         1,529   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other loans:

           

Commercial and industrial

     337         —           —           337   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 1,628       $ —         $ 238       $ 1,866   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

           

Real estate loans:

           

Construction

   $ 47       $ —         $ —         $ 47   

Commercial real estate

     268         —           982         1,250   

Consumer real estate

     655         —           —           655   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     970         —           982         1,952   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other loans:

           

Commercial and industrial

     384         —           —           384   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 1,354       $ —         $ 982       $ 2,336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table provides information on how the TDRs were modified during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

 

     2013      2012  

Maturity and interest rate adjustment

   $ 925       $ 609   

Movement to or extension of interest rate-only payments

     597         1,333   

Other concession(s)(1)

     344         394   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,866       $ 2,336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Other concessions include concessions or a combination of concessions, other than maturity extensions and interest rate adjustments.

 

87


Table of Contents

A summary of information pertaining to modified terms of loans, as of the dates indicated, is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Number of
Contracts
     Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 

Troubled debt restructuring:

        

Construction

     2       $ 309       $ 309   

Commercial real estate

     3         459         459   

Consumer real estate

     3         761         761   

Commercial and industrial

     1         337         337   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     9       $ 1,866       $ 1,866   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2012  
     Number of
Contracts
     Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 

Troubled debt restructuring:

        

Construction

     1       $ 47       $ 47   

Commercial real estate

     2         1,250         1,250   

Consumer real estate

     3         655         655   

Commercial and industrial

     1         384         384   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     7       $ 2,336       $ 2,336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

None of the performing TDRs defaulted subsequent to the restructuring through the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company was not committed to lend additional funds to any customer whose loan was classified as impaired or as a TDR.

7. Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets

Loans serviced for others, consisting primarily of commercial loan participations sold, are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of loans serviced for others were $28.0 million and $40.6 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

8. Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2013      2012  

Buildings and leasehold improvements

   $ 35,765       $ 30,716   

Land

     10,399         8,940   

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

     13,773         11,536   

Construction in progress

     1,542         3,475   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total premises and equipment

     61,479         54,667   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     10,305         7,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total premises and equipment, net

   $ 51,174       $ 47,067   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

The Company recorded depreciation of $2.7 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

9. Other Real Estate Owned

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had other real estate owned of $3.7 million and $8.6 million, respectively, from real estate acquired by foreclosure.

10. Goodwill and Other Acquired Intangible Assets

Changes to the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are provided in the following table (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 4,808   

Goodwill acquired during the year

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     4,808   

Goodwill acquired during the year

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 4,808   
  

 

 

 

The Company performs an annual impairment test of goodwill as of October 1, or more often if indicators or conditions are present which require an assessment. The results of this test did not indicate impairment of the Company’s recorded goodwill.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company reported core deposit intangibles totaling $3.5 million and $3.8 million, net of accumulated amortization of $0.9 million and $0.6 million, respectively. The Company’s core deposit intangibles are being amortized over the estimated useful life of 12 years. The Company’s annual amortization expense totaled $0.2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. There was $0.4 million of amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2011.

The estimated amortization expense for the core deposit intangible asset is as follows as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

2014-2018

   $ 376   

2019 and thereafter

     2,272   

11. Investments in Real Estate Properties

During 2013 and 2012, the FNBC CDC purchased various affordable residential real estate properties in the New Orleans area for the purpose of making improvements to these properties and selling the properties. The Company’s cost basis (including the cost of improvements) in these residential real estate properties totaled $10.1 million and $6.9 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company capitalized costs of $5.0 million, $0.9 million, and $1.0 million, respectively.

12. Investments in Tax Credit Entities

Federal NMTC

Investment in Bank Owned CDE

During 2013, FNBC CDE received an allocation of Federal NMTC, totaling $50 million, which will generate $19.5 million in tax credits. During 2012 and 2011, FNBC CDE received allocations of $40 million and $28 million, respectively, which are expected to generate $15.6 million and $10.9 million, respectively in tax

 

89


Table of Contents

credits. First NBC has received $118 million in cummulative awards. The Federal NMTC program is administered by the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund of the U.S. Treasury and is aimed at stimulating economic and community development and job creation in low-income communities. The program provides federal tax credits to investors who make qualified equity investments (QEIs) in a CDE. The CDE is required to invest the proceeds of each QEI in projects located in or benefitting low-income communities, which are generally defined as those census tracts with poverty rates greater than 20% and/or median family incomes that are less than or equal to 80% of the area’s median family income.

The credit provided to the investor totals 39% of each QEI in a CDE and is claimed over a seven-year credit allowance period. In each of the first three years, the investor receives a credit equal to 5% of the total QEI amount invested in the project. For each of the remaining four years, the investor receives a credit equal to 6% of the total QEI amount invested in the project. The Company will be eligible to receive up to $46 million in tax credits over the seven-year credit allowance period, based on the period in which the QEI was made, for its QEI of $118 million. Through December 31, 2013, FNBC CDE has invested in allocations of $118 million, of which $32.6 million of the 2013 award and $22.5 million of the 2012 and 2011 awards was invested by the Company and $62.9 million was invested by other investors and leverage lenders, which include the Company. These investments generated total Federal NMTC of approximately $46.0 million, of which $10.4 million has been recognized by the Company through December 31, 2013 and $35.6 million remains available to be earned over six years beginning in 2014, subject to continuing compliance with applicable regulations. The Federal NMTCs claimed by the Company, with respect to each QEI, remain subject to recapture over each QEI’s credit allowance period upon the occurrence of any of the following:

 

    FNBC CDE does not invest substantially all (generally defined as 85%) of the QEI proceeds in qualified low income community investments;

 

    FNBC CDE ceases to be a CDE; or

 

    FNBC CDE redeems its QEI investment prior to the end of the current credit allowance period.

At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, none of the above recapture events had occurred, nor, in the opinion of management, are such events anticipated to occur in the foreseeable future. As of December 31, 2013, FNBC CDE had total assets of $68.7 million, consisting of cash of $27.9 million, loans of $40.7 million and other assets of $0.1 million, with liabilities of $0.1 million and capital of $68.6 million.

Investments through Non-Bank Owned CDEs

The Company is also a limited partner in several tax-advantaged limited partnerships whose purpose is to invest in approved Federal NMTC and state projects that are CDEs and that are not associated with FNBC CDE. During 2013, several of these partnerships that the company was a limited partner in converted to a C corporation. The Company’s ownership in the CDEs did not change based on the conversion. These investments are accounted for using the cost method of accounting and are included in investment in tax credit entities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The limited partnerships and C corporations are considered VIEs. The VIEs have not been consolidated because the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary. All of the Company’s investments in Federal NMTC structures are privately held, and their market values are not readily determinable. At December 31, 2013, the Company had $61.2 million invested in state and federal partnerships and C corporations. These investments generated Federal NMTC of approximately $60.6 million, of which $27.2 million had been recognized by the Company through December 31, 2013 and $33.4 million is expected to be recognized in periods after 2013. Based on the structure of these transactions, the Company expects to recover its investment totaling $61.2 million solely through use of the tax credits that were generated by the investments. As such, these amounts will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the period over which the Company holds its investment (approximately seven years). The Company also made loans unrelated to the generation and use of tax credits related to these real estate projects totaling $81.8 million and $64.1 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. These loans are subject to the Company’s normal underwriting criteria and all loans were performing according to their contractual term at December 31, 2013.

 

90


Table of Contents

Low-Income Housing Tax Credits

The Company is a limited partner in several tax-advantaged limited partnerships whose purpose is to invest in approved Low-Income Housing Tax Credit projects. These investments are accounted for using the cost method of accounting and are included in investments in tax credit entities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The limited partnerships are considered to be VIEs. The VIEs have not been consolidated because the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary. All of the Company’s investments in low-income housing partnerships are evaluated for impairment at the end of each reporting period. At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had $40.0 million and $25.3 million, respectively, invested in these partnerships which generated Low-Income Housing Tax Credits of approximately $57.0 million. Of that amount, $9.5 million had been recognized through December 31, 2013 and $47.4 million is expected to be recognized in periods beginning in 2014. Based on the structure of these transactions, the Company expects to recover its remaining investments of $40.0 million at December 31, 2013, solely through use of the tax credits that were generated by the investments. As such, this amount will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the period for which the Company maintains its 99.9% interest in the property (approximately 15 years). The Company also made loans unrelated to the generation and use of tax credits related to these real estate projects totaling $42.0 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. These loans are subject to the Company’s normal underwriting criteria and all loans were performing according to their contractual terms at December 31, 2013.

Federal Historic Rehabilitation Tax Credits

The Company is a limited partner in several tax-advantaged limited partnerships whose purpose is to invest in approved Historic Tax Credit projects. These investments are accounted for using the cost method of accounting and are included in investments in tax credit entities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The limited partnerships are considered to be VIEs. The VIEs have not been consolidated because the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary. All of the Company’s investments in limited partnerships are evaluated for impairment at the end of each reporting period. At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had $16.5 million and $7.1 million, respectively, invested in these partnerships. These investments generated Historic Tax Credits of $25.7 million. Of that amount, $17.8 million had been recognized through December 31, 2013 and $7.5 million is expected to be recognized in 2014. The Company did not make any loans related to these real estate projects. Based on the structure of these transactions, the Company expects to recover its investments totaling $16.5 million at December 31, 2013 solely through use of the tax credits that were generated by the investments. As such, these amounts will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the Company retains its 99.9% interest in the property (approximately 10 years).

13. Variable Interest Entities

During 2013, the Company entered into a loan workout arrangement with a borrower. Due to this workout arrangement, this is considered to be a VIE, whereby the Company is considered the primary beneficiary and must consolidate the VIE. The initial recognition of this VIE relationship was accounted for using acquisition accounting. Under acquisition accounting, the assets and liabilities acquired are accounted for at market and intercompany balances are eliminated. The asset acquired from the debtor, which consisted of a net operating loss, is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

91


Table of Contents

14. Deposits

Interest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     2013      2012  

Savings

   $ 53,779       $ 45,295   

Money market accounts

     655,173         410,928   

Negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) accounts

     511,620         437,542   

Certificates of deposit over $100,000

     820,374         698,007   

Certificates of deposit under $100,000

     398,781         437,218   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,439,727       $ 2,028,990   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The certificates of deposit mature as follows as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

2014

   $ 550,700   

2015

     282,427   

2016

     194,253   

2017

     74,821   

2018

     115,839   

Thereafter

     1,115   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,219,155   
  

 

 

 

15. Short-Term Borrowings

The following is a summary of short-term borrowings at December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2013      2012  

FNBB

   $ 8,425       $ 21,800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings

   $ 8,425       $ 21,800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The short-term borrowings at December 31, 2013 and 2012, consisted of federal funds purchased with a maturity of one day and an interest rate of 0.95%, respectively. These borrowings were repaid in January 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The following is a summary of unused lines of credit at December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2013      2012  

FNBB

   $ 30,000       $ 30,000   

JPMorgan Chase

     30,000         30,000   

FHLB

     432,181         338,032   

PNC Bank

     15,000         15,000   

Comerica

     20,000         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unused lines of credit

   $ 527,181       $ 413,032   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The FHLB line of credit at December 31, 2013 is subject to a blanket pledge of $655.1 million of real estate loans and a custody pledge of $29.4 million of real estate loans. The FHLB line of credit at December 31, 2012 was subject to a blanket pledge of $481.8 million of real estate loans and a custody pledge of $49.9 million of real estate loans.

 

92


Table of Contents

16. Long-Term Borrowings

The following is a summary of long-term borrowings at December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2013      2012  

FNBB

   $ 110       $ 220   

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

     55,000         55,000   

Comerica

     —           20,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term borrowings

   $ 55,110       $ 75,220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term borrowings from FNBB consist of borrowings by the Employee Stock Ownership Trust in order to purchase 50,000 shares of Company stock for $550,000 on December 31, 2009. These borrowings are required to be recorded on the Company’s balance sheet, with an offsetting entry to additional paid-in capital. These borrowings mature on December 22, 2014, and bear interest at a floating rate equal to the Wall Street Journal Prime rate, which was 3.25% at December 31, 2013 and 2012. These borrowings are subject to a pledge of 10,000 and 20,000 shares of the Company stock, owned by the Trust, at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Long-term borrowings from Credit Suisse consist of two borrowings by the Company, which are in the legal form of a long-term repurchase agreement. A $15 million borrowing matures on October 19, 2014, and bears interest at a floating rate equal to 2.03% minus the greater of 3-month USD LIBOR less 1.50% or 0%, and was 2.03% at December 31, 2013 and 2012. A $40 million borrowing matures on June 21, 2015, and bears interest at a floating rate equal to 2.83% minus the greater of three-month USD LIBOR less 2.00% or 0%, and was 2.83% at December 31, 2013. These borrowings are subject to a pledge of mortgage-backed securities with a market value of $67.0 million and $73.8 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

During 2013, the long-term borrowings from Comerica were paid.

Principal payments by year on these borrowings are as follows (in thousands):

 

2014

   $ 15,110   

2015

     40,000   
  

 

 

 

Total long-term borrowings

   $ 55,110   
  

 

 

 

17. Repurchase Agreements

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which are classified as secured borrowings, generally mature one day after the transaction date. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction. The Company may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities. The carrying value of the securities pledged as collateral for the repurchase agreements was $92.7 million and $32.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

18. Derivative - Interest Rate Swap Agreements

During 2013, the Company entered into a delayed interest rate swap to manage exposure against the variability in the expected future cash flows attributed to changes in the benchmark interest rate on a portion of its variable-rate debt. The Company entered this interest rate swap agreement to convert a portion of its variable- rate debt to a fixed rate, which is a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction. The total notional amount of the derivative contract is $150 million. The Company will receive payments from the counterparty at three-month LIBOR and make payments to the counterparty at a fixed rate of 4.165% on the notional amount. The cash flow payments on the derivative begin December 2016 and terminate September 2023.

Also, in 2013, the Company entered into four interest rate swaps to manage exposure against the variability in the expected future cash flows on the designated Prime, Prime plus 1%, Prime plus 1% floored at 5% and Prime plus

 

93


Table of Contents

1% floored at 5.5% pools of its floating rate loan portfolio. The Company entered into the interest rate swap agreements to hedge the cash flows from these pools of its floating rate loan portfolio, which is expected to offset the variability in the expected future cash flows attributable to the fluctuations in the daily weighted average Wall Street Journal Prime index, which is a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction. The notional amount of the contracts are Prime tranche of $30 million, Prime plus 1% tranche of $40 million, Prime plus 1% floored at 5% of $100 million, and Prime plus 1% floored at 5.5% tranche of $80 million for a total notional of $250 million. The Company will receive payments from the counterparty at a fixed rate of interest and pay the counterparty at the Prime rate associated with each tranche on its notional amount. The Prime tranche will receive payments at a fixed rate of 4.70% and pay the counterparty at Prime on the notional amount. The Prime plus 1% tranche will receive payments at a fixed rate of 5.70% and pay the counterparty at Prime plus 1% on the notional amount. The Prime plus 1% floored at 5% tranche will receive payments at a fixed rate of 6.01% and pay the counterparty at Prime plus 1%, floored at 5% on the notional amount. The Prime plus 1% floored at 5.5% tranche will receive payments at a fixed rate of 6.26% and pay the counterparty at Prime plus 1% floored at 5.5% on the notional amount. The cash flow payments on the derivatives began September 2013 and terminate September 2019.

For the year ended December 31, 2013 a loss of $2.8 million (net of income taxes) has been recognized on the prime hedges and delayed interest rate swaps in other comprehensive income. The fair value of the derivative liabilities were $2.0 million for the delayed interest rate swap and $2.3 million for the prime swaps as of December 31, 2013 and have been recognized in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. No amounts of gains or losses have been reclassified from accumulated comprehensive income nor have any amounts of gains or losses been recognized due to ineffectiveness of a portion of the derivative.

Pursuant to the interest rate swap agreement, described above, the Company pledged collateral to the counterparties in the form of investment securities totaling $9.6 million (with a fair value at December 31, 2013 of $9.6 million), which has been presented gross in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

During 2012, as part of its activities to manage interest rate risk due to interest rate movements, the Company entered into a delayed interest rate swap to manage exposure to future interest rate risk through modification of the Company’s net interest sensitivity to levels deemed to be appropriate. The Company entered this interest rate swap agreement to convert a portion of its forecasted variable-rate debt to a fixed rate, which is a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction. The notional amount in the derivative contract is $115 million. The Company will receive payments from the counterparty at three-month LIBOR and make payments to the counterparty at a fixed rate on 2.88% on the notional amount. The cash flow payments on the derivative begin January 2015 and terminate January 2022.

Because the swap agreement used to manage interest rate risk has been designated as hedging exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction, the effective portion of the derivative’s gain or loss is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings or when the hedge is terminated. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is reported in earnings immediately.

In applying hedge accounting for derivatives the Company establishes a method for assessing the effectiveness of the hedging derivative by utilizing the dollar offset approach and a measurement approach for determining the ineffective aspect of the hedge through the variable cash flows methods upon the inception of the hedge. These methods are consistent with Company’s approach to managing risk.

For interest rate swap agreements that are not designated as hedging instruments, changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recognized in earnings immediately.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, the Company has not reclassified into earnings any gain or loss as a result of the discontinuance of cash flow hedges because it was probable the original forecasted transaction would not occur by the end of the originally specified term.

 

94


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2013, no amount of the derivative will mature within the next 12 months. The Company does not expect to reclassify any amount from accumulated other comprehensive income into interest income over the next 12 months for derivatives that will be settled.

For the year ended December 31, 2013 a gain of $5.2 million (net of income taxes) has been recognized in other comprehensive income and for the year ended December 31, 2012 a loss of $4.5 million (net of income taxes) has been recognized in other comprehensive income. The fair value of the derivative asset of $1.2 million as of December 31, 2013 has been recognized in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of the derivative liability of $6.9 million as of December 31, 2012 has been recognized in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. No amounts of gains or losses have been reclassified from accumulated comprehensive income nor have any amounts of gains or losses been recognized due to ineffectiveness of a portion of the derivative.

Pursuant to the interest rate swap agreement, entered into in 2012, the Company pledged collateral to the counterparties in the form of investment securities totaling $12.7 million (with a fair value at December 31, 2013 of $12.1 million), which has been presented gross in the Company’s balance sheet. There was no collateral posted from the counterparties to the Company as of December 31, 2013.

19. Income Taxes

The income tax benefit on the income from operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was as follows (in thousands):

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Current tax expense

   $ 186      $ —        $ —     

Deferred tax benefit

     (19,937     (7,565     (5,407
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax benefit

   $ (19,751   $ (7,565   $ (5,407
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amount of taxes in the accompanying consolidated statements of income is different from the expected amount using statutory federal income tax rates primarily due to the effect of various tax credits.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Federal tax expense at statutory rates

   $ 7,406      $ 7,481      $ 5,019   

Tax credits

     (28,421     (17,100     (13,142

Tax credit-basis reduction

     2,019        2,767        3,112   

Tax-exempt income

     (832     (655     (509

Change in deferred rate

     —          —          293   

Disallowed interest expense

     117        99        101   

Other

     (40     (157     (281
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

   $ (19,751   $ (7,565   $ (5,407
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As discussed in Note 12, the Company earns Federal NMTC, Historic, and Low-Income Housing tax credits, which reduce the Company’s federal income tax liability or creates a carryforward as applicable.

 

95


Table of Contents

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 are presented below (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Loan loss reserve

   $ 11,250       $ 9,397   

Tax credit carryforwards

     65,216         37,353   

NOL carryforward

     7,317         4,030   

Stock-based compensation

     684         436   

Deferred compensation

     91         91   

Securities available for sale

     8,880         1,563   

Other real estate

     250         269   

Basis difference in assumed liabilities

     338         1,701   

Other

     373         355   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     94,399         55,195   

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Fixed assets

     6,546         5,867   

Deferred loan costs

     5,157         4,414   

Amortizable costs

     1,477         1,697   

State tax credits

     1,155         669   

Investments in tax credit entities

     28,097         25,789   

Other

     776         170   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     43,208         38,606   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 51,191       $ 16,589   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In the opinion of management, no valuation allowance was required for the net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 as the amounts will more likely than not be realized as reductions of future taxable income.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards were $20.9 million with an expiration date of December 2035.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s tax credit carryforwards were $65.2 million with expiration dates beginning December 2029 through December 2033.

The Company recognized $14.2 million, $11.4 million, and $7.9 million in Federal NMTC in its consolidated income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The Company recognized $3.7 million, $2.5 million, and $2.8 million in Low-Income Housing Tax Credits in its consolidated income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The Company recognized $10.5 million, $3.2 million and $2.2 million in Historic Tax Credits in its consolidated income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

20. Shareholders’ Equity

Senior Preferred Stock

During 2013 and 2012, the holder of the Company’s convertible perpetual preferred stock Series C converted 551,858 shares and 763,378 shares, respectively, into shares of the Company’s $1 par common stock. In 2011, the Company sold approximately $20.6 million of convertible perpetual preferred stock Series C. At December 31, 2013, the Series C preferred stock had an aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $20.6 million and qualified as Tier 1 regulatory capital. Each share of Series C preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder, except in certain circumstances when regulatory approval is necessary, into one share of common stock. The Series C preferred stock ranks pari passu with the common stock with respect to the payment of dividends. The contingency on the Series C preferred stock was in effect at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

96


Table of Contents

During 2011, the Company sold approximately $37.9 million of senior noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series D to the Treasury, pursuant to the Small Business Lending Fund program. At December 31, 2013, the Series D preferred stock had an aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $37.9 million and qualified as Tier 1 regulatory capital.

The terms of the Series D preferred stock provide for payment of noncumulative dividends on a quarterly basis beginning October 3, 2011. The dividend rate, as a percentage of the liquidation amount, fluctuates, while the Series D preferred stock is outstanding based upon changes in the level of qualified small business lending (QSBL) by the Company from its average level of QSBL at each of the four quarter-ends leading up to June 30, 2010 (Baseline), as follows:

 

Dividend Period

   Annualized

Beginning

  

Ending

   Dividend Rate

August 4, 2011

   September 30, 2011    1.535%

October 1, 2011

   December 31, 2011    1.000%

January 1, 2012

   March 31, 2012    1.000%

April 1, 2012

   June 30, 2012    1.000%

July 1, 2012

   December 31, 2013    1.000% to 5.000%

January 1, 2014

   February 3, 2016    1.000% to 7.000%

February 4, 2016

   Redemption    9.000%

As long as shares of Series D preferred stock remain outstanding, the Company may not pay dividends to common shareholders (nor may the Company repurchase or redeem any shares of common stock) during any quarter in which the Company fails to declare and pay dividends on the Series D preferred stock and for the next three quarters following such failure. In addition, under the terms of the Series D preferred stock, the Company may only declare and pay dividends on common stock (or repurchase shares of common stock) if, after payment of such dividend, the dollar amount of Tier 1 capital would be at least 90% of Tier 1 capital as of August 4, 2011, excluding charge-offs and redemptions of the Series D preferred stock (Tier 1 dividend threshold). Beginning January 1, 2014, the Tier 1 dividend threshold is subject to reduction based upon the extent by which, if at all, the QSBL at September 30, 2013, has increased over the Baseline. During 2013, the Company was notified that its dividend rate would be 1% from January 1, 2014 until February 3, 2016 because the Company satisfied the lending baseline at September 30, 2013.

The Company may redeem the Series D preferred stock at any time at the Company’s option, at a redemption price of 100% of the liquidation amount plus accrued but unpaid dividends, subject to the approval of the Company’s primary federal regulatory agency.

 

97


Table of Contents

21. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income and changes in those components are presented in the following table (in thousands):

 

     Cash Flow
Hedge
    Transfers of
Available for
Sale
Securities to
Held to
Maturity
    Available for
Sale
Securities
    Total  

Balance at January 1, 2013

   $ (4,455   $ —        $ 1,529      $ (2,926
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income before income taxes:

        

Net change in unrealized gain (loss)

     3,694        —          (18,576     (14,882

Transfer of net unrealized loss from available for sale to held to maturity, net of cumulative tax effect

     —          (5,919     —          (5,919

Reclassification of net gains realized and included in earnings

     —          —          (316     (316

Amortization of unrealized net loss on securities

     —          211        —          211   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     1,293        (1,998     (6,612     (7,317
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ (2,054   $ (3,710   $ (10,751   $ (16,515
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $ —        $ —        $ 1,795      $ 1,795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income before income taxes:

        

Net change in unrealized (loss) gain

     (6,854     —          3,956        (2,898

Reclassification of net gains realized and included in earnings

     —          —          (4,324     (4,324

Income tax (benefit)

     (2,399     —          (102     (2,501
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ (4,455   $ —        $ 1,529      $ (2,926
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

   $ —        $ —        $ (1,062   $ (1,062
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income before income taxes:

        

Net change in unrealized gain

     —          —          4,814        4,814   

Reclassification of net gains realized and included in earnings

     —          —          (485     (485

Income tax expense

     —          —          1,472        1,472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ —        $ —        $ 1,795      $ 1,795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

22. Capital Requirements and Other Regulatory Matters

Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal and state banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Bank. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and to maintain

 

98


Table of Contents

minimum amounts and ratios of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2013, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, management believes the Bank has met the ratios for being considered well-capitalized. The Company and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Actual     For Capital Adequacy
Purposes
    To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

December 31, 2013

               

Tier 1 leverage capital:

               

First NBC Bank Holding Company

   $ 375,355         11.76   $ 127,625         4.00     NA         NA   

First NBC Bank

     349,104         10.96     127,435         4.00   $ 159,294         5.00

Tier 1 risk-based capital:

               

First NBC Bank Holding Company

     375,355         13.26     113,254         4.00     NA         NA   

First NBC Bank

     349,104         12.34     113,170         4.00   $ 169,755         6.00

Total risk-based capital:

               

First NBC Bank Holding Company

     407,648         14.40     226,508         8.00     NA         NA   

First NBC Bank

     381,396         13.48     226,340         8.00   $ 282,924         10.00
     Actual     For Capital Adequacy
Purposes
    To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

December 31, 2012

               

Tier 1 leverage capital:

               

First NBC Bank Holding Company

   $ 243,791         9.04   $ 107,814         4.00     NA         NA   

First NBC Bank

     256,848         9.91     103,704         4.00   $ 129,630         5.00

Tier 1 risk-based capital:

               

First NBC Bank Holding Company

     243,791         11.26     86,592         4.00     NA         NA   

First NBC Bank

     256,848         11.88     86,457         4.00   $ 129,686         6.00

Total risk-based capital:

               

First NBC Bank Holding Company

     270,810         12.51     173,184         8.00     NA         NA   

First NBC Bank

     283,867         13.13     172,914         8.00   $ 216,143         10.00

23. Warrants

In connection with their financing of the start-up activities of the Company, the organizing shareholders of the Company received warrants for 162,500 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $10 per share. The warrants are exercisable immediately and have an expiration date of 10 years. No charge was made to income in connection with the warrants. During 2013, 37,500 shares of the organizing shareholders of the Company’s warrants were exercised. As of December 31, 2013, a total of 125,000 organizer warrants remained outstanding. In connection with the acquisition of Dryades Bancorp, Inc. in 2010, the Company issued 87,509 warrants at $19.50 per share, 9,633 shares of these warrants were exercised during 2013, and 77,426 remained outstanding as of December 31, 2013.

 

99


Table of Contents

24. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has various types of stock-based compensation plans. These plans are administered by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors, which selects persons eligible to receive awards and approves the number of shares and/or options subject to each award, the terms, conditions, and other provisions of the awards.

Restricted Stock

The Company issues restricted stock under the 2006 Plan for certain officers and directors. The 2006 Plan authorized the issuance of restricted stock. The plan allows for the issuance of restricted stock awards that may not be sold or otherwise transferred until certain restrictions have lapsed. The fair value of the restricted stock shares awarded under the plan is recorded as unearned share-based compensation, a contra-equity account. The unearned compensation related to these awards is amortized over the vesting period (generally 5 years). The total share-based compensation expense related to the awards is determined based upon an independent valuation of the restricted stock as of the grant date applied to the total number of shares granted and is amortized over the vesting period. There were 25,667 shares of restricted stock vested as of December 31, 2013. There was no unearned share-based compensation associated with these awards as of December 31, 2013. There were no restricted shares issued during 2013 and 2012, respectively.

There was no compensation expense that was included in salaries and benefits expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There was $0.3 million in compensation expense that was included in salaries and benefits expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Stock Options

The Company issues stock options to directors, officers, and other key employees. The option exercise price cannot be less than the fair value of the underlying common stock as of the date of the option grant and the maximum option term cannot exceed ten years. The stock options granted were issued with vesting periods ranging from three to four years. At December 31, 2013, there were 0.3 million shares available for future issuance of option or restricted stock awards under approved compensation plans.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, total stock option compensation expense that is included in salaries and employee benefits expense was $0.7 million, $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The related income tax benefit in the accompanying consolidated statements of income was $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of the stock options awards. The following weighted-average assumptions were used for option awards granted during the years ended December 31 of the periods indicated:

 

       2013     2012     2011  

Expected dividend yield

       0.00     0.00     0.00

Weighted-average expected volatility

       36.68     35.33     31.50

Weighted-average risk-free interest rate

       1.73     1.25     2.87

Expected option term (in years)

       6.0        6.3        6.0   

Contractual term (in years)

       10        10        10   

Weighted-average grant date fair value

     $ 5.22      $ 5.49      $ 4.33   

The assumptions above were based on multiple factors, primarily the historical stock option patterns of a group of publicly traded peer banks based in the southeastern United States.

 

100


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2013, there was $1.8 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2 years.

The following table represents the activity related to stock options during the periods indicated.

 

     Number
of Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
 

Options outstanding, December 31, 2010

     215,000      $ 10.04      

Granted

     229,657        12.25      

Exercised

     —          —        

Forfeited or expired

     (999     12.23      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Options outstanding, December 31, 2011

     443,658        11.11      

Granted

     378,692        14.69      

Exercised

     —          —        

Forfeited or expired

     (13,333     14.43      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Options outstanding, December 31, 2012

     809,017        11.81      

Granted

     139,650        16.16      

Exercised

     (76,966     10.39      

Forfeited or expired

     (16,600     15.16      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Options outstanding, December 31, 2013

     855,101      $ 13.48         7.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Options exercisable, December 31, 2011

     270,599      $ 10.53      

Options exercisable, December 31, 2012

     289,444      $ 10.60      

Options exercisable, December 31, 2013

     374,535      $ 11.94         6.0   

The following table presents weighted-average remaining life as of December 31, 2013 for options outstanding within the stated exercise prices:

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Exercise Price Range
Per Share

   Number
of Shares
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining

Life
(Years)
     Number
of Shares
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 

$10.00-$12.70

     368,181       $ 11.35         5.0         292,074       $ 11.11   

$14.20-$14.88

     351,870         14.68         8.0         82,461         14.88   

$15.88-$23.68

     135,050         16.17         9.0         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Options

     855,101       $ 13.48         7.0         374,535       $ 11.94   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013, the aggregate intrinsic value of shares underlying outstanding stock options and underlying exercisable stock options was $16.1 million and $7.6 million. Total intrinsic value of options exercised was $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. There were no options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

25. Financial Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

The Company is a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, which are recorded when they are funded. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

101


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had made various commitments to extend credit of $375.2 million and $348.6 million, respectively. The Company’s management does not anticipate any material loss as a result of these transactions.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being fully drawn upon, the total commitment amounts disclosed above do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if considered necessary upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.

Standby letters of credit represent commitments by the Company to meet the obligations of certain customers, if called upon. These financial instruments are considered guarantees in accordance with ASC 460. Outstanding standby letters of credit as of December 31, 2013 were $106.5 million and expire between 2014 and 2040. Outstanding standby letters of credit as of December 31, 2012, were $92.2 million and expire between 2013 and 2040. Net unamortized fees related to letters of credit origination were $0.2 million and $54,000 in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Net unamortized costs related to letters of credit origination were $0.3 million and $0.4 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

26. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases certain branch offices through noncancelable operating leases with terms that range from one to 30 years, with renewal options thereafter. Certain leases have escalation clauses and renewal options ranging from one to 59 years. Rent expense was approximately $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

At December 31, 2013, the minimum annual rental payments to be made under the noncancelable leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2014

   $ 3,119   

2015

     2,993   

2016

     3,011   

2017

     3,018   

2018

     2,697   

Thereafter

     41,259   
  

 

 

 
   $ 56,097   
  

 

 

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit in the ordinary course of business to approved customers. Generally, loan commitments have been granted on a temporary basis for working capital or commercial real estate financing requirements or may be reflective of loans in various stages of funding. These commitments are recorded on the Company’s financial statements as they are funded. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Loan commitments include unused commitments for open-end lines secured by one to four family residential properties and commercial properties, commitments to fund loans secured by commercial real estate, construction loans, business lines of credit, and other unused commitments. Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the

 

102


Table of Contents

third party, the Company would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, the Company would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. The Company minimizes its exposure to loss under loan commitments and standby letters of credit by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. The effect on the Company’s revenues, expenses, cash flows, and liquidity of the unused portions of these commitments cannot be reasonably predicted because there is no guarantee that the lines of credit will be used.

The following is a summary of the total notional amount of loan commitments and standby letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

 

     2013      2012  

Standby letters of credit

   $ 106,467       $ 92,274   

Unused loan commitments

     268,760         256,294   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 375,227       $ 348,568   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

27. Related-Party Transactions

In the ordinary course of business, the Company makes loans to and holds deposits for directors and executive officers of the Company and their associates.

The amounts of such related-party loans were $47.8 million and $66.6 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During 2013, $36.4 million in related-party loans were funded and $55.2 million were repaid. None of the related-party loans were classified as nonaccrual, past due, restructured, or potential problem loans at December 31, 2013 or 2012. The amounts of such related-party deposits were $17.9 million and $16.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company leases a building from a partnership that is owned by two directors of the Company. The Company paid approximately $0.2 million in rent expense related to this lease for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011. The lease also includes options for multiple five-year term extensions beyond the original lease expiration of October 2004, provided there were no defaults of material lease provisions by the lessee. The Company exercised an option to extend the lease for an additional five years in October 2009.

28. Employee Benefits

401(k) Profit-Sharing Plan

The Company participates in a contributory retirement and savings plan (the Plan), which covers substantially all employees and meets the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employer contributions to the Plan are based on the participants’ contributions, with an additional discretionary contribution as determined by the Board of Directors. Company contributions under the Plan were approximately $1.0 million, $0.9 million, and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The Company pays all expenses associated with the Plan.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

The Company Sponsors an employee stock ownership plan (ESOP), which holds 50,000 shares of Company stock, subject to indebtedness utilized to purchase the shares in 2009. The leveraged ESOP allocates shares annually to eligible employee participants pro rata based on compensation. All participants vest in the annual allocations at 20% per year. The Company recognized compensation expense with respect to the ESOP of $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The Company pays all expenses associated with the ESOP.

 

103


Table of Contents

29. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, clarifies the principle that fair value should be based on the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to develop those assumptions and measure fair value. The hierarchy requires companies to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value follows, as well as the classification of such instruments within the valuation hierarchy.

Securities are classified within Level 1 when quoted market prices are available in an active market. Inputs include securities that have quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. If quoted market prices are unavailable, fair value is estimated using pricing models or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, at which point the securities would be classified within Level 2 of the hierarchy. Examples include certain available for sale securities. The Company’s investment portfolio did not include Level 3 securities as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

The Company has segregated all financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis into the most appropriate level within the fair value hierarchy, based on the inputs used to determine the fair value at the measurement date in the tables below (in thousands):

 

            December 31, 2013  
            Fair Value Measurement Using  
     Total      Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Assets

           

Available for sale securities

   $ 277,719       $ —         $ 277,719       $ —     

Derivative instruments

     1,157         —           1,157       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 278,876       $ —         $ 278,876       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Derivative instruments

   $ 4,317       $ —         $ 4,317       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
            December 31, 2012  
            Fair Value Measurement Using  
     Total      Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Assets

           

Available for sale securities

   $ 405,355       $ —         $ 405,355       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Derivative instruments

   $ 6,854       $ —         $ 6,854       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

104


Table of Contents

The Company has segregated all financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis into the most appropriate level within the fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to determine the fair value at the measurement date in the tables below (in thousands):

 

            December 31, 2013  
            Fair Value Measurement Using  
     Total      Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Assets

           

Loans

   $ 9,782       $ —        $ —        $ 9,782   

OREO

     2,390         —          —          2,390   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 12,172       $ —        $ —        $ 12,172   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
            December 31, 2012  
            Fair Value Measurement Using  
     Total      Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Assets

           

Loans

   $ 21,313       $ —        $ —        $ 21,313   

OREO

     5,434         —          —          5,434   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 26,747       $ —        $ —        $ 26,747   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In accordance with ASC Topic 310, the Company records loans and other real estate considered impaired at the lower of cost or fair value. Impaired loans, recorded at fair value, are Level 3 assets measured using appraisals from external parties of the collateral, less any prior liens primarily using the market or income approach.

The Company did not record any liabilities at fair value for which measurement of the fair value was made on a nonrecurring basis during the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

ASC 820 requires the disclosure of the fair value for each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate. The fair value of a financial instrument is the current amount that would be exchanged between willing parties, other than in a forced liquidation. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument. ASC 820 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented may not necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Company.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument for which it is practicable to estimate that value.

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments

The carrying amounts of these short-term instruments approximate their fair values.

Investment in Short-Term Receivables

The carrying amounts of these short-term receivables approximate their fair values.

 

105


Table of Contents

Investment Securities

Securities are classified within Level 1 where quoted market prices are available in the active market. If quoted market prices are unavailable, fair value is estimated using pricing models or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, at which point the securities would be classified within Level 2 of the hierarchy. Inputs include securities that have quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

Loans

For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for fixed-rate commercial real estate, commercial loans, and consumer loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms and borrowers of similar credit quality. Fair value of mortgage loans held for sale is based on commitments on hand from investors or prevailing market rates. The fair value associated with the loans includes estimates related to expected prepayments and the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal, interest and other cash flows, which would be classified as Level 3 of the hierarchy.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

The carrying amounts of the bank-owned life insurance policies are recorded at cash surrender value, which approximate their fair values.

Deposits

The fair values disclosed for demand deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (that is, their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts of variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits. The fair value of the Company’s deposits would, therefore, be categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Short-Term Borrowings and Repurchase Agreements

The carrying amounts of these short-term instruments approximate their fair values.

Long-Term Borrowings

The fair values of long-term borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flows analyses based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt would, therefore, be categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

106


Table of Contents

Derivative Instruments

Fair values for interest rate swap agreements are based upon the amounts required to settle the contracts. The derivative instruments are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments were as follows as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013  
     Carrying
Amount
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Financial Assets:

              

Cash and due from banks

   $ 28,140       $ 28,140       $ 28,140       $ —        $ —    

Short-term investments

     3,502         3,502         3,502         —          —    

Investment in short-term receivables

     246,817         246,817         246,817         

Investment securities available for sale

     277,719         277,719         —          277,719         —    

Investment securities held to maturity

     94,904         90,966            90,966      

Loans and loans held for sale

     2,364,354         2,344,475         —          —          2,344,475   

Cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance

     26,187         26,187         —          26,187         —    

Derivative instruments

     1,157         1,157         —          1,157         —    

Financial Liabilities:

              

Deposits, noninterest-bearing

     291,080         291,080         —          291,080         —    

Deposits, interest-bearing

     2,439,727         2,380,985         —          —          2,380,985   

Short-term borrowings and repurchase agreements

     84,382         84,382         —          84,382         —    

Long-term borrowings

     55,110         55,616         —          —          55,616   

Derivative instruments

     4,317         4,317         —          4,317         —    

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012  
     Carrying
Amount
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Financial Assets:

              

Cash and due from banks

   $ 26,471       $ 26,471       $ 26,471       $ —        $ —    

Short-term investments

     9,541         9,541         9,541         —          —    

Investment in short-term receivables

     81,044         81,044         81,044         

Investment securities available for sale

     405,355         405,355         —          405,355         —    

Loans and loans held for sale

     1,948,077         1,939,622         —          —          1,939,622   

Cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance

     25,506         25,506         —          25,506         —    

Financial Liabilities:

              

Deposits, noninterest-bearing

     239,538         239,538         —          239,538         —    

Deposits, interest-bearing

     2,028,990         2,035,696         —          —          2,035,696   

Short-term borrowings and repurchase agreements

     58,087         58,087         —          58,087         —    

Long-term borrowings

     75,220         77,870         —          —          77,870   

Derivative instruments

     6,854         6,854         —          6,854         —    

 

107


Table of Contents

30. Parent Company Only Financial Statements

Financial statements of First NBC Bank Holding Company (parent company only) are shown below. The parent company has no significant operating activities.

Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,  
(in thousands)    2013      2012  

Assets

     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 23,990       $ 3,709   

Goodwill

     841         841   

Investments in subsidiaries

     355,068         260,618   

Other assets

     2,123         3,157   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 382,022       $ 268,325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

     

Long-term borrowings

   $ 110       $ 20,220   

Other liabilities

     53         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     163         20,224   

Total shareholders’ equity

     381,859         248,101   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 382,022       $ 268,325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Statements of Income

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Operating income

      

Interest income

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Dividend from bank subsidary

     2,000        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income

     2,000        —          —     

Operating expense

      

Interest expense

     424        11        14   

Other expense

     856        431        188   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expense

     1,280        442        202   

Income (loss) before income tax benefit and increase in equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     720        (442     (202

Income tax benefit

     (448     (155     (71
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     1,168        (287     (131

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     39,743        29,227        19,571   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     40,911        28,940        19,440   

Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion

     (347     (510     (1,372
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available to common shareholders

   $ 40,564      $ 28,430      $ 18,068   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

108


Table of Contents

Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Operating activities

      

Net income

   $ 40,911      $ 28,940      $ 19,440   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

      

Net income of subsidiaries

     (39,743     (29,227     (19,571

Deferred tax benefit

     (448     (155     (71

Stock compensation

     1,155        97        715   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Change in other assets

     1,481        (1,989     (762

Change in other liabilities

     50        —          3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     3,406        (2,334     (246

Investing activities

      

Capital contributed to subsidiary, net

     (67,000     (16,600     (67,508
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (67,000     (16,600     (67,508

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

     —          20,000        —     

Repayment of borrowings

     (20,110     (110     (110

Repayment of preferred stock

     —          —          (18,685

Proceeds from sale of preferred stock, net of offering costs

     —          —          58,518   

Proceeds from sale of common stock, net of offering costs

     104,332        1,420        30,430   

Dividends paid

     (347     (510     (792
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     83,875        20,800        69,361   

Net change in cash, due from banks, and short-term investments

     20,281        1,866        1,607   

Cash, due from banks, and short-term investments at beginning of period

     3,709        1,843        236   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, due from banks, and short-term investments at end of period

   $ 23,990      $ 3,709      $ 1,843   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

109


Table of Contents

31. Consolidated Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)    First Quarter     Second
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

        

Total interest income

   $ 28,580      $ 29,034      $ 31,973      $ 34,437   

Total interest expense

     8,893        9,779        10,150        10,326   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     19,687        19,255        21,823        24,111   

Provision for loan losses

     2,600        2,400        2,400        2,400   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     17,087        16,855        19,423        21,711   

Noninterest income

     2,817        2,738        2,461        5,400   

Noninterest expense

     15,633        15,185        17,092        19,422   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     4,271        4,408        4,792        7,689   

Income tax benefit

     (4,013     (4,198     (5,673     (5,867
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     8,284        8,606        10,465        13,556   

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Company

     8,284        8,606        10,465        13,556   

Less preferred stock dividends

     (95     (95     (62     (95
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available to common shareholders

   $ 8,189      $ 8,511      $ 10,403      $ 13,461   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per common share-basic

   $ 0.59      $ 0.51      $ 0.55      $ 0.71   

Earnings per common share-diluted

   $ 0.58      $ 0.49      $ 0.54      $ 0.69   
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)    First Quarter     Second
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

        

Total interest income

   $ 25,355      $ 25,781      $ 26,927      $ 28,394   

Total interest expense

     7,338        7,742        7,935        8,651   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     18,017        18,039        18,992        19,743   

Provision for loan losses

     2,635        1,800        1,800        4,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     15,382        16,239        17,192        14,943   

Noninterest income

     2,853        3,968        1,558        4,757   

Noninterest expense

     13,738        13,863        13,586        13,820   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     4,497        6,344        5,164        5,880   

Income tax (benefit) expense(1)

     (1,926     (2,952     (3,130     443   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     6,423        9,296        8,294        5,437   

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (118     —          (17     (375
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Company

     6,305        9,296        8,277        5,062   

Less preferred stock dividends

     (95     (94     (226     (95
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available to common shareholders

   $ 6,210      $ 9,202      $ 8,051      $ 4,967   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per common share-basic

   $ 0.45      $ 0.66      $ 0.58      $ 0.36   

Earnings per common share-diluted

   $ 0.44      $ 0.65      $ 0.57      $ 0.35   

 

(1) For the fourth quarter of 2012, the income tax expense was due to an adjustment for actual income tax expense (benefit) for the year ended 2012 due to a reduction in the number of tax credit projects that actually were funded and closed compared to the previous estimate.

 

110


Table of Contents
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclsoures.

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e). Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies.

 

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

 

111


Table of Contents

Part III.

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The information required by this item can be found in our 2014 Proxy Statement under the captions “Item One – Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance and Board Matters” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership and Compliance.” That information is incorporated into this item by reference.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required by this item can be found in our 2014 Proxy Statement under the captions “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” and “Compensation Committee Report.” That information is incorporated into this item by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters.

The information required by this item can be found in our 2014 Proxy Statement under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information.” That information is incorporated into this item by reference.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Directors Independence.

The information required by this item can be found in our 2014 Proxy Statement under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance Principles and Board Matters-Director Independence” in the Proxy Statement. This information is incorporated into this item by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The information required herein is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

Part IV.

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Documents Filed as Part of this Report.

 

  (1) The following financial statements are incorporated by reference from Item 8 hereof:

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  (2) All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the SEC are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.

 

112


Table of Contents
  (3) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Form 10-K, and this list includes the Exhibit Index.

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit Number

  

Description

  

Location

  2.1    Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2011, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as Receiver of Central Progressive Bank, First NBC Bank, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation*    Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed April 8, 2013
  3.1    Restated Articles of Incorporation    Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A of the Company filed April 30, 2013
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws    Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A of the Company filed May 7, 2013
  4.1    Specimen common stock certificate    Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A of the Company filed April 30, 2013
10.1    First NBC Bank Holding Company Stock Incentive Plan (“2006 Plan”)    Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed April 8, 2013
10.2    Amendment No. 1 to 2006 Plan    Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed April 8, 2013
10.3    Addendum (Directors’ Shares) to 2006 Plan    Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed April 8, 2013
10.4    2012 Amendment to 2006 Plan    Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed April 8, 2013
10.5    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under 2006 Plan    Exhibit 10.5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed April 8, 2013
10.6    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 2006 Plan    Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed April 8, 2013
10.7    Form of Warrant Agreement relating to warrants issued to organizers of First NBC Bank    Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed April 8, 2013
10.8    Form of Warrant Agreement relating to warrants issued to shareholders of Dryades Bancorp, Inc.    Exhibit 10.8 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed April 8, 2013
10.9    Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2010, by and among First NBC Bank Holding Company and each of Banc Fund VII L.P. and Banc Fund VIII L.P.*    Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed April 8, 2013

 

113


Table of Contents

Exhibit Number

  

Description

  

Location

10.10    Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2010, by and among First NBC Bank Holding Company and each of Ithan Creek Master Investment Partnership (Cayman) II, L.P.; Bay Pond Partners, L.P.; Bay Pond Investors (Bermuda) L.P.; Ithan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P.; Wolf Creek Partners L.P.; and Wolf Creek Investors (Bermuda) L.P.*    Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed April 8, 2013
10.11    Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2011, by and between First NBC Bank Holding Company and Castle Creek Capital Partners IV, L.P.*    Exhibit 10.12 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed April 8, 2013
10.12    VCOC Letter Agreement, dated November 8, 2011, by and between First NBC Bank Holding Company and Castle Creek Capital Partners IV, L.P.*    Exhibit 10.13 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed April 8, 2013
10.13    Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2011, by and between the Secretary of the Treasury and First NBC Bank Holding Company, in connection with First NBC Bank Holding Company’s participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Small Business Lending Fund program*    Exhibit 10.14 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed April 8, 2013
10.14    Letter Agreement, dated September 27, 2011, by and among First NBC Bank Holding Company, Investure Evergreen Fund, LP – 2011 Special Term Tranche, and Blue Pine Crescent Limited Partnership    Exhibit 10.16 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed April 8, 2013
10.15    First NBC Bank Holding Company Deferred Compensation Plan, Effective June 30, 2012    Exhibit 10.17 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed April 8, 2013
21.1    Subsidiaries of First NBC Bank Holding Company    Filed herewith
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP    Filed herewith
31.1    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer of the Company in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002    Filed herewith
31.2    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer of the Company in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002    Filed herewith

 

114


Table of Contents

Exhibit Number

  

Description

  

Location

32.1    Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer of the Company in accordance with Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002    Filed herewith
32.2    Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer of the Company in accordance with Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002    Filed herewith
101.INS+    XBRL Instance Document    Filed herewith
101.SCH+    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document    Filed herewith
101.CAL+    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document    Filed herewith
101.LAB+    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document    Filed herewith
101.PRE+    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document    Filed herewith
101.DEF+    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document    Filed herewith

 

* Schedules and similar attachments have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company will furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedules or similar attachment to the SEC upon request.

 

+ Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

 

115


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    First NBC Bank Holding Company
Date: March 31, 2014     By:  

/s/ Ashton J. Ryan, Jr.

      Ashton J. Ryan, Jr.
      President and Chief Executive Officer
      Principal Executive Officer
Date: March 31, 2014     By:  

/s/ Mary Beth Verdigets

      Mary Beth Verdigets
      Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
      Principal Financial and Accounting Officer
Date: March 31, 2014     By:  

/s/ William Carrouche

      William Carrouche
      Director
Date: March 31, 2014     By:  

/s/ John F. French

      John F. French
      Director
Date: March 31, 2014     By:  

/s/ Leander J. Foley, III

      Leander J. Foley, III
      Director
Date: March 31, 2014     By:  

/s/ Leon L. Giorgio, Jr.

      Leon L. Giorgio, Jr.
      Director
Date: March 31, 2014     By:  

/s/ Shivan Govindan

      Shivan Govindan
      Director
Date: March 31, 2014     By:  

/s/ L. Blake Jones

      L. Blake Jones
      Director
Date: March 31, 2014     By:  

/s/ Louis V. Lauricella

      Louis V. Lauricella
      Director
Date: March 31, 2014     By:  

/s/ Mark G. Merlo

      Mark G. Merlo
      Director

 

116


Table of Contents
Date: March 31, 2014     By:  

/s/ Dr. Charles C. Teamer

      Dr. Charles C. Teamer
      Director
Date: March 31, 2014     By:  

/s/ Joseph F. Toomy

      Joseph F. Toomy
      Director

 

117